]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
sysv-generator: make sysv deprecation message a bit "louder"
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 254 in spe:
4
5 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
6
7 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
8 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
9 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
10 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
11 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
12 userspace has been ported over already.
13
14 * The next release (v255) will remove support for split-usr (/usr
15 mounted separately during late boot, instead of being mounted by the
16 initrd before switching to the rootfs) and unmerged-usr (parallel
17 directories /bin and /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, …).
18 For more details, see:
19 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
20
21 * EnvironmentFile now treats the line following a comment line trailing
22 with escape as a non comment line. For details, see:
23 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/issues/27975
24
25 Security relevant changes:
26
27 * pam_systemd will now by default pass the CAP_WAKE_ALARM ambient
28 process capability to invoked session processes of regular users on
29 local seats (as well as to systemd --user), unless configured
30 otherwise via data from JSON user records, or via the PAM module's
31 parameter list. This is useful in order allow desktop tools such as
32 GNOME's Alarm Clock application to set a timer for
33 CLOCK_REALTIME_ALARM that wakes up the system when it elapses. A
34 per-user service unit file may thus use AmbientCapability= to pass
35 the capability to invoked processes. Note that this capability is
36 relatively narrow in focus (in particular compared to other process
37 capabilities such as CAP_SYS_ADMIN) and we already — by default —
38 permit more impactful operations such as system suspend to local
39 users.
40
41 * The sd-journal API learnt a new call sd_journal_get_seqnum() for
42 retrieving the current log record's sequence number and sequence
43 number ID, which allows applications to order records the same way as
44 journal does internally already. The sequence number is now also
45 exported in the JSON and "export" output of the journal.
46
47 * The default keymap to apply may now be chosen at build-time via the
48 new default-keymap meson option.
49
50 * "Startup" memory settings are now supported. Previously IO and CPU
51 settings were already supported via StartupCPUWeight= and similar,
52 this adds the same logic for the various per-unit memory settings
53 StartupMemoryMax= and related.
54
55 * The service manager gained support for enqueuing POSIX signals to
56 services that carry an additional integer value, exposing the
57 sigqueue() systemd call. This is exposed via new D-Bus calls
58 QueueSignalUnit() (and related), as well as in systemctl via the new
59 --kill-value= parameter.
60
61 * systemd-notify gained a new --exec switch, which makes it execute the
62 specified command line after sending the requested messages. This is
63 useful for sending out READY=1 first, and then continuing invocation
64 without changing process ID, so that the tool can be nicely used
65 within an ExecStart= line of a unit file that uses Type=ready.
66
67 * systemd-repart's drop-in files gained a new ExcludeFiles= option which
68 may be used to exclude certain files from the effect of CopyFiles=,
69 which allows populating newly created partitions automatically.
70
71 * bootctl gained a new switch --print-root-device (or short: -R) that
72 prints the main block device the root file system is backed by. It's
73 useful for invocations such as "cfdisk $(bootctl -R)" to quickly have
74 a look at the partition table of the running OS.
75
76 * systemctl gained a new "list-paths" verb, which shows all currently
77 active .path units, similar to how "systemctl list-timers" shows
78 active timers, and "systemctl list-sockets" shows active sockets.
79
80 * The sd-event API gained new calls sd_event_add_memory_pressure(),
81 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_type(),
82 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_period() for creating and
83 configuring an event source that is called whenever the OS signals
84 memory pressure. Another call sd_event_trim_memory() is provided that
85 compacts the process' memory use by releasing allocated but unused
86 malloc() memory back to the kernel. This should improve system
87 behaviour under memory pressure, as on Linux traditionally provided no
88 mechanism to return process memory back to the kernel if the kernel
89 was under pressure to acquire some. This makes use of the kernel's PSI
90 interface. Most long-running services that systemd contains have been
91 hooked up with this, and in particular systems with low memory should
92 benefit from this.
93
94 * Service units learnt the new MemoryPressureWatch=,
95 MemoryPressureThresholdSec= for configuring the PSI memory pressure
96 logic individually. If these options are used the
97 $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WATCH and $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WRITE environment
98 variables will be set for the invoked services processes to inform
99 them about the requested memory pressure behaviour. (This is used by
100 the aforementioned sd-events API additions, if set.)
101
102 * systemd-analyze gained a new "malloc" verb that shows the output
103 generated by glibc's malloc_info() on services that support it. Right
104 now, only the service manager has been updated accordingly.
105
106 * systemd-stub will now look for the SMBIOS Type 1 field
107 "io.systemd.stub.kernel-cmdline-extra" and append its value to the
108 kernel command line it invokes. This is useful for VMMs such as qemu
109 to pass additional kernel command lines into the system even when
110 booting via full UEFI.
111
112 * The sd-login API gained a new call sd_session_get_username() for
113 returning the user name who owns a specific login session. It also
114 gained a new call sd_session_get_start_time() for retrieving the time
115 the login session started. A new call sd_uid_get_login_time() returns
116 the time the specified user the time since when they most recently
117 were logged in continously with at least one session.
118
119 * JSON user records gained a new set of fields capabilityAmbientSet and
120 capabilityBoundingSet which contain a list of POSIX capabilities to
121 set for the logged in users in the ambient and bounding sets,
122 respectively. homectl gained the ability to configure these two sets
123 for users via --capability-bounding-set=/--capability-ambient-set=.
124
125 * pam_systemd learnt two new module options
126 default-capability-bounding-set= + default-capability-ambient-set= to
127 configure the default bounding sets for users as they are logging in,
128 if the JSON user record doesn't specify this explicitly (see
129 above). The built-in default for the ambient set now contains the
130 CAP_WAKE_ALARM, thus allowing regular users who may log in locally to
131 resume from a system suspend via a timer. (see above)
132
133 * Most of systemd's long-running services now have a generic handler of
134 the SIGRTMIN+18 signal handler which executes various operations
135 depending on the sigqueue() parameter sent along. For example, values
136 0x100…0x107 allow changing the maximum log level of such
137 services. 0x200…0x203 allow changing the log target of such
138 services. 0x300 make the services trim their memory similar to the
139 automatic PSI triggered action, see above. 0x301 make the services
140 output their malloc_info() data to the logs.
141
142 * systemd-dissect will now show the intended CPU architecture of an
143 inspected DDI.
144
145 * networkd's GENEVE support as gained a new .network option
146 InheritInnerProtocol=.
147
148 * systemd-dissect will now install itself as mount helper for the "ddi"
149 pseudo-file type. This means you may now mount DDIs directly via
150 /bin/mount or /etc/fstab, making full use of embedded Verity
151 information and all other DDI features. Example: mount -t ddi
152 myimage.raw /some/where
153
154 * The KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= setting for kernel-install gained a new
155 value "auto". If used a kernel will be automatically analyzed, and if
156 it qualifies as UKI it will be installed as if the setting was to set
157 to "uki", otherwise via "bls".
158
159 * udevadm gained the new "verify" verb for validating udev rules files
160 offline.
161
162 * udev will now create symlinks to loopback block devices in the
163 /dev/loop/by-ref/ directory that are based on the .lo_file_name string
164 field selected during allocation. The systemd-dissect tool and the
165 util-linux losetup command now supports a complementing new switch
166 --loop-ref= for selecting the string. This means a loopback block
167 device may now be allocated under a caller chosen reference and can
168 subsequently be referenced by that without first having to look up the
169 block device name the caller ended up with.
170
171 * udev also creates symlinks to loopback block devices in the
172 /dev/loop/by-ref/ directory based on the .st_dev/st_ino fields of the
173 inode attached to the loopback block device. This means that attaching
174 a file to a loopback device will implicitly make a handle available to
175 be found via that file's inode information.
176
177 * The systemd-dissect tool gained the new switches --attach/--detach for
178 attaching a DDI to a loopback block device without mounting it. It
179 will automatically derive the right sector size from the image and set
180 up Verity and similar, but not mount the file systems in it.
181
182 * When systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the DDI mounting logic mount an ESP
183 or XBOOTLDR partition the MS_NOSYMFOLLOW mount option is now
184 implied. Given that these file systems are typically untrusted
185 territory this should make mounting them automatically have less of a
186 security impact.
187
188 * If MemoryDenyWriteExecute= is enabled for a service and the kernel
189 supports the new PR_SET_MDWE prctl() call it is used in preference
190 over seccomp() based system call filtering to achieve the same effect.
191
192 * systemctl gained a new --when= switch which is honoured by the various
193 forms of shutdown (i.e. reboot, kexec, poweroff, halt) and allows
194 scheduling these operations by time, similar in fashion to how this
195 has been supported by SysV shutdown.
196
197 * machinectl gained new "edit" and "cat" verbs for editing .nspawn
198 files, inspired by systemctl's verbs of the same which edit unit
199 files.
200
201 Caught up to cafd2c0be404cb8879f91d15e05cc8b695b32629
202
203 CHANGES WITH 253:
204
205 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
206
207 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
208 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
209 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
210 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
211 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
212 userspace has been ported over already.
213
214 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
215 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
216 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
217 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
218 For more details, see:
219 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
220
221 * We intend to change behaviour w.r.t. units of the per-user service
222 manager and sandboxing options, so that they work without having to
223 manually enable PrivateUsers= as well, which is not required for
224 system units. To make this work, we will implicitly enable user
225 namespaces (PrivateUsers=yes) when a sandboxing option is enabled in a
226 user unit. The drawback is that system users will no longer be visible
227 (and appear as 'nobody') to the user unit when a sandboxing option is
228 enabled. By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
229 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great source
230 of confusion that has been reported by users over the years, due to
231 how these options require an extra setting to be manually enabled when
232 used in the per-user service manager, as opposed as to the system
233 service manager. We plan to enable this change in the next release
234 later this year. For more details, see:
235 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
236
237 Deprecations and incompatible changes:
238
239 * systemctl will now warn when invoked without /proc/ mounted
240 (e.g. when invoked after chroot() into an directory tree without the
241 API mount points like /proc/ being set up.) Operation in such an
242 environment is not fully supported.
243
244 * The return value of 'systemctl is-active|is-enabled|is-failed' for
245 unknown units is changed: previously 1 or 3 were returned, but now 4
246 (EXIT_PROGRAM_OR_SERVICES_STATUS_UNKNOWN) is used as documented.
247
248 * 'udevadm hwdb' subcommand is deprecated and will emit a warning.
249 systemd-hwdb (added in 2014) should be used instead.
250
251 * 'bootctl --json' now outputs a single JSON array, instead of a stream
252 of newline-separated JSON objects.
253
254 * Udev rules in 60-evdev.rules have been changed to load hwdb
255 properties for all modalias patterns. Previously only the first
256 matching pattern was used. This could change what properties are
257 assigned if the user has more and less specific patterns that could
258 match the same device, but it is expected that the change will have
259 no effect for most users.
260
261 * systemd-networkd-wait-online exits successfully when all interfaces
262 are ready or unmanaged. Previously, if neither '--any' nor
263 '--interface=' options were used, at least one interface had to be in
264 configured state. This change allows the case where systemd-networkd
265 is enabled, but no interfaces are configured, to be handled
266 gracefully. It may occur in particular when a different network
267 manager is also enabled and used.
268
269 * Some compatibility helpers were dropped: EmergencyAction= in the user
270 manager, as well as measuring kernel command line into PCR 8 in
271 systemd-stub, along with the -Defi-tpm-pcr-compat compile-time
272 option.
273
274 * The '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout=' build-time option has been
275 renamed to '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout-sec=', and now takes an
276 integer as parameter instead of a string.
277
278 * The DDI image dissection logic (which backs RootImage= in service
279 unit files, the --image= switch in various tools such as
280 systemd-nspawn, as well as systemd-dissect) will now only mount file
281 systems of types btrfs, ext4, xfs, erofs, squashfs, vfat. This list
282 can be overridden via the $SYSTEMD_DISSECT_FILE_SYSTEMS environment
283 variable. These file systems are fairly well supported and maintained
284 in current kernels, while others are usually more niche, exotic or
285 legacy and thus typically do not receive the same level of security
286 support and fixes.
287
288 * The default per-link multicast DNS mode is changed to "yes"
289 (that was previously "no"). As the default global multicast DNS mode
290 has been "yes" (but can be changed by the build option), now the
291 multicast DNS is enabled on all links by default. You can disable the
292 multicast DNS on all links by setting MulticastDNS= in resolved.conf,
293 or on an interface by calling "resolvectl mdns INTERFACE no".
294
295 New components:
296
297 * A tool 'ukify' tool to build, measure, and sign Unified Kernel Images
298 (UKIs) has been added. This replaces functionality provided by
299 'dracut --uefi' and extends it with automatic calculation of PE file
300 offsets, insertion of signed PCR policies generated by
301 systemd-measure, support for initrd concatenation, signing of the
302 embedded Linux image and the combined image with sbsign, and
303 heuristics to autodetect the kernel uname and verify the splash
304 image.
305
306 Changes in systemd and units:
307
308 * A new service type Type=notify-reload is defined. When such a unit is
309 reloaded a UNIX process signal (typically SIGHUP) is sent to the main
310 service process. The manager will then wait until it receives a
311 "RELOADING=1" followed by a "READY=1" notification from the unit as
312 response (via sd_notify()). Otherwise, this type is the same as
313 Type=notify. A new setting ReloadSignal= may be used to change the
314 signal to send from the default of SIGHUP.
315
316 user@.service, systemd-networkd.service, systemd-udevd.service, and
317 systemd-logind have been updated to this type.
318
319 * Initrd environments which are not on a pure memory file system (e.g.
320 overlayfs combination as opposed to tmpfs) are now supported. With
321 this change, during the initrd → host transition ("switch root")
322 systemd will erase all files of the initrd only when the initrd is
323 backed by a memory file system such as tmpfs.
324
325 * New per-unit MemoryZSwapMax= option has been added to configure
326 memory.zswap.max cgroup properties (the maximum amount of zswap
327 used).
328
329 * A new LogFilterPatterns= option has been added for units. It may be
330 used to specify accept/deny regular expressions for log messages
331 generated by the unit, that shall be enforced by systemd-journald.
332 Rejected messages are neither stored in the journal nor forwarded.
333 This option may be used to suppress noisy or uninteresting messages
334 from units.
335
336 * The manager has a new
337 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.GetUnitByPIDFD() D-Bus method to
338 query process ownership via a PIDFD, which is more resilient against
339 PID recycling issues.
340
341 * Scope units now support OOMPolicy=. Login session scopes default to
342 OOMPolicy=continue, allowing login scopes to survive the OOM killer
343 terminating some processes in the scope.
344
345 * systemd-fstab-generator now supports x-systemd.makefs option for
346 /sysroot/ (in the initrd).
347
348 * The maximum rate at which daemon reloads are executed can now be
349 limited with the new ReloadLimitIntervalSec=/ReloadLimitBurst=
350 options. (Or the equivalent on the kernel command line:
351 systemd.reload_limit_interval_sec=/systemd.reload_limit_burst=). In
352 addition, systemd now logs the originating unit and PID when a reload
353 request is received over D-Bus.
354
355 * When enabling a swap device systemd will now reinitialize the device
356 when the page size of the swap space does not match the page size of
357 the running kernel. Note that this requires the 'swapon' utility to
358 provide the '--fixpgsz' option, as implemented by util-linux, and it
359 is not supported by busybox at the time of writing.
360
361 * systemd now executes generator programs in a mount namespace
362 "sandbox" with most of the file system read-only and write access
363 restricted to the output directories, and with a temporary /tmp/
364 mount provided. This provides a safeguard against programming errors
365 in the generators, but also fixes here-docs in shells, which
366 previously didn't work in early boot when /tmp/ wasn't available
367 yet. (This feature has no security implications, because the code is
368 still privileged and can trivially exit the sandbox.)
369
370 * The system manager will now parse a new "vmm.notify_socket"
371 system credential, which may be supplied to a VM via SMBIOS. If
372 found, the manager will send a "READY=1" notification on the
373 specified socket after boot is complete. This allows readiness
374 notification to be sent from a VM guest to the VM host over a VSOCK
375 socket.
376
377 * The sample PAM configuration file for systemd-user@.service now
378 includes a call to pam_namespace. This puts children of user@.service
379 in the expected namespace. (Many distributions replace their file
380 with something custom, so this change has limited effect.)
381
382 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_MOUNT_RATE_LIMIT_BURST
383 can be used to override the mount units burst late limit for
384 parsing '/proc/self/mountinfo', which was introduced in v249.
385 Defaults to 5.
386
387 * Drop-ins for init.scope changing control group resource limits are
388 now applied, while they were previously ignored.
389
390 * New build-time configuration options '-Ddefault-timeout-sec=' and
391 '-Ddefault-user-timeout-sec=' have been added, to let distributions
392 choose the default timeout for starting/stopping/aborting system and
393 user units respectively.
394
395 * Service units gained a new setting OpenFile= which may be used to
396 open arbitrary files in the file system (or connect to arbitrary
397 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system), and pass the open file
398 descriptor to the invoked process via the usual file descriptor
399 passing protocol. This is useful to give unprivileged services access
400 to select files which have restrictive access modes that would
401 normally not allow this. It's also useful in case RootDirectory= or
402 RootImage= is used to allow access to files from the host environment
403 (which is after all not visible from the service if these two options
404 are used.)
405
406 Changes in udev:
407
408 * The new net naming scheme "v253" has been introduced. In the new
409 scheme, ID_NET_NAME_PATH is also set for USB devices not connected via
410 a PCI bus. This extends the coverage of predictable interface names
411 in some embedded systems.
412
413 The "amba" bus path is now included in ID_NET_NAME_PATH, resulting in
414 a more informative path on some embedded systems.
415
416 * Partition block devices will now also get symlinks in
417 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<seq>-part<n>, which may be used to reference
418 block device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Previously those
419 symlinks were only created for the main block device.
420
421 * A new operator '-=' is supported for SYMLINK variables. This allows
422 symlinks to be unconfigured even if an earlier rule added them.
423
424 * 'udevadm --trigger --settle' now also works for network devices
425 that are being renamed.
426
427 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
428
429 * systemd-boot now passes its random seed directly to the kernel's RNG
430 via the LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID configuration table, which
431 means the RNG gets seeded very early in boot before userspace has
432 started.
433
434 * systemd-boot will pass a disk-backed random seed – even when secure
435 boot is enabled – if it can additionally get a random seed from EFI
436 itself (via EFI's RNG protocol), or a prior seed in
437 LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID from a preceding bootloader.
438
439 * systemd-boot-system-token.service was renamed to
440 systemd-boot-random-seed.service and extended to always save a random
441 seed to ESP on every boot when a compatible boot loader is used. This
442 allows a refreshed random seed to be used in the boot loader.
443
444 * systemd-boot handles various seed inputs using a domain- and
445 field-separated hashing scheme.
446
447 * systemd-boot's 'random-seed-mode' option has been removed. A system
448 token is now always required to be present for random seeds to be
449 used.
450
451 * systemd-boot now supports being loaded from other locations than the
452 ESP, for example for direct kernel boot under QEMU or when embedded
453 into the firmware.
454
455 * systemd-boot now parses SMBIOS information to detect
456 virtualization. This information is used to skip some warnings which
457 are not useful in a VM and to conditionalize other aspects of
458 behaviour.
459
460 * systemd-boot now supports a new 'if-safe' mode that will perform UEFI
461 Secure Boot automated certificate enrollment from the ESP only if it
462 is considered 'safe' to do so. At the moment 'safe' means running in
463 a virtual machine.
464
465 * systemd-stub now processes random seeds in the same way as
466 systemd-boot already does, in case a unified kernel image is being
467 used from a different bootloader than systemd-boot, or without any
468 boot load at all.
469
470 * bootctl will now generate a system token on all EFI systems, even
471 virtualized ones, and is activated in the case that the system token
472 is missing from either sd-boot and sd-stub booted systems.
473
474 * bootctl now implements two new verbs: 'kernel-identify' prints the
475 type of a kernel image file, and 'kernel-inspect' provides
476 information about the embedded command line and kernel version of
477 UKIs.
478
479 * bootctl now honours $KERNEL_INSTALL_CONF_ROOT with the same meaning
480 as for kernel-install.
481
482 * The JSON output of "bootctl list" will now contain two more fields:
483 isDefault and isSelected are boolean fields set to true on the
484 default and currently booted boot menu entries.
485
486 * bootctl gained a new verb "unlink" for removing a boot loader entry
487 type #1 file from disk in a safe and robust way.
488
489 * bootctl also gained a new verb "cleanup" that automatically removes
490 all files from the ESP's and XBOOTLDR's "entry-token" directory, that
491 is not referenced anymore by any installed Type #1 boot loader
492 specification entry. This is particularly useful in environments where
493 a large number of entries reference the same or partly the same
494 resources (for example, for snapshot-based setups).
495
496 Changes in kernel-install:
497
498 * A new "installation layout" can be configured as layout=uki. With
499 this setting, a Boot Loader Specification Type#1 entry will not be
500 created. Instead, a new kernel-install plugin 90-uki-copy.install
501 will copy any .efi files from the staging area into the boot
502 partition. A plugin to generate the UKI .efi file must be provided
503 separately.
504
505 Changes in systemctl:
506
507 * 'systemctl reboot' has dropped support for accepting a positional
508 argument as the argument to the reboot(2) syscall. Please use the
509 --reboot-argument= option instead.
510
511 * 'systemctl disable' will now warn when called on units without
512 install information. A new --no-warn option has been added that
513 silences this warning.
514
515 * New option '--drop-in=' can be used to tell 'systemctl edit' the name
516 of the drop-in to edit. (Previously, 'override.conf' was always
517 used.)
518
519 * 'systemctl list-dependencies' now respects --type= and --state=.
520
521 * 'systemctl kexec' now supports XEN VMM environments.
522
523 * 'systemctl edit' will now tell the invoked editor to jump into the
524 first line with actual unit file data, skipping over synthesized
525 comments.
526
527 Changes in systemd-networkd and related tools:
528
529 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained new SocketPriority=
530 setting that assigns the Linux socket priority used by the DHCPv4 raw
531 socket. This may be used in conjunction with the
532 EgressQOSMaps=setting in [VLAN] section of .netdev file to send the
533 desired ethernet 802.1Q frame priority for DHCPv4 initial
534 packets. This cannot be achieved with netfilter mangle tables because
535 of the raw socket bypass.
536
537 * The [DHCPv4] and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections in .network file gained a
538 new QuickAck= boolean setting that enables the TCP quick ACK mode for
539 the routes configured by the acquired DHCPv4 lease or received router
540 advertisements (RAs).
541
542 * The RouteMetric= option (for DHCPv4, DHCPv6, and IPv6 advertised
543 routes) now accepts three values, for high, medium, and low preference
544 of the router (which can be set with the RouterPreference=) setting.
545
546 * systemd-networkd-wait-online now supports matching via alternative
547 interface names.
548
549 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained new SendRelease=
550 setting which enables the DHCPv6 client to send release when
551 it stops. This is the analog of the [DHCPv4] SendRelease= setting.
552 It is enabled by default.
553
554 * If the Address= setting in [Network] or [Address] sections in .network
555 specified without its prefix length, then now systemd-networkd assumes
556 /32 for IPv4 or /128 for IPv6 addresses.
557
558 * networkctl shows network and link file dropins in status output.
559
560 Changes in systemd-dissect:
561
562 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --list, to print the paths of
563 all files and directories in a DDI.
564
565 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --mtree, to generate a file
566 manifest compatible with BSD mtree(5) of a DDI
567
568 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --with, to execute a command with
569 the specified DDI temporarily mounted and used as working
570 directory. This is for example useful to convert a DDI to "tar"
571 simply by running it within a "systemd-dissect --with" invocation.
572
573 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --discover, to search for
574 Discoverable Disk Images (DDIs) in well-known directories of the
575 system. This will list machine, portable service and system extension
576 disk images.
577
578 * systemd-dissect now understands 2nd stage initrd images stored as a
579 Discoverable Disk Image (DDI).
580
581 * systemd-dissect will now display the main UUID of GPT DDIs (i.e. the
582 disk UUID stored in the GPT header) among the other data it can show.
583
584 * systemd-dissect gained a new --in-memory switch to operate on an
585 in-memory copy of the specified DDI file. This is useful to access a
586 DDI with write access without persisting any changes. It's also
587 useful for accessing a DDI without keeping the originating file
588 system busy.
589
590 * The DDI dissection logic will now automatically detect the intended
591 sector size of disk images stored in files, based on the GPT
592 partition table arrangement. Loopback block devices for such DDIs
593 will then be configured automatically for the right sector size. This
594 is useful to make dealing with modern 4K sector size DDIs fully
595 automatic. The systemd-dissect tool will now show the detected sector
596 size among the other DDI information in its output.
597
598 Changes in systemd-repart:
599
600 * systemd-repart gained new options --include-partitions= and
601 --exclude-partitions= to filter operation on partitions by type UUID.
602 This allows systemd-repart to be used to build images in which the
603 type of one partition is set based on the contents of another
604 partition (for example when the boot partition shall include a verity
605 hash of the root partition).
606
607 * systemd-repart also gained a --defer-partitions= option that is
608 similar to --exclude-partitions=, but the size of the partition is
609 still taken into account when sizing partitions, but without
610 populating it.
611
612 * systemd-repart gained a new --sector-size= option to specify what
613 sector size should be used when an image is created.
614
615 * systemd-repart now supports generating erofs file systems via
616 CopyFiles= (a read-only file system similar to squashfs).
617
618 * The Minimize= option was extended to accept "best" (which means the
619 most minimal image possible, but may require multiple attempts) and
620 "guess" (which means a reasonably small image).
621
622 * The systemd-growfs binary now comes with a regular unit file template
623 systemd-growfs@.service which can be instantiated directly for any
624 desired file system. (Previously, the unit was generated dynamically
625 by various generators, but no regular unit file template was
626 available.)
627
628 Changes in journal tools:
629
630 * Various systemd tools will append extra fields to log messages when
631 in debug mode, or when SYSTEMD_ENABLE_LOG_CONTEXT=1 is set. Currently
632 this includes information about D-Bus messages when sd-bus is used,
633 e.g. DBUS_SENDER=, DBUS_DESTINATION=, and DBUS_PATH=, and information
634 about devices when sd-device is used, e.g. DEVNAME= and DRIVER=.
635 Details of what is logged and when are subject to change.
636
637 * The systemd-journald-audit.socket can now be disabled via the usual
638 "systemctl disable" mechanism to stop collection of audit
639 messages. Please note that it is not enabled statically anymore and
640 must be handled by the preset/enablement logic in package
641 installation scripts.
642
643 * New options MaxUse=, KeepFree=, MaxFileSize=, and MaxFiles= can
644 be used to curtail disk use by systemd-journal-remote. This is
645 similar to the options supported by systemd-journald.
646
647 Changes in systemd-cryptenroll, systemd-cryptsetup, and related
648 components:
649
650 * When enrolling new keys systemd-cryptenroll now supports unlocking
651 via FIDO2 tokens (option --unlock-fido2-device=). Previously, a
652 password was strictly required to be specified.
653
654 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports pre-flight requests for FIDO2 tokens
655 (except for tokens with user verification, UV) to identify tokens
656 before authentication. Multiple FIDO2 tokens can now be enrolled at
657 the same time, and systemd-cryptsetup will automatically select one
658 that corresponds to one of the available LUKS key slots.
659
660 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports new options tpm2-measure-bank= and
661 tpm2-measure-pcr= in crypttab(5). These allow specifying the TPM2 PCR
662 bank and number into which the volume key should be measured. This is
663 automatically enabled for the encrypted root volume discovered and
664 activated by systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
665
666 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator mounts the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions with
667 "noexec,nosuid,nodev".
668
669 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator will now honour the rootfstype= and
670 rootflags= kernel command line switches for root file systems it
671 discovers, to match behaviour in case an explicit root fs is
672 specified via root=.
673
674 * systemd-pcrphase gained new options --machine-id and --file-system=
675 to measure the machine-id and mount point information into PCR 15. New
676 service unit files systemd-pcrmachine.service and
677 systemd-pcrfs@.service have been added that invoke the tool with
678 these switches during early boot.
679
680 * systemd-pcrphase gained a --graceful switch will make it exit cleanly
681 with a success exit code even if no TPM device is detected.
682
683 * systemd-cryptenroll now stores the user-supplied PIN with a salt,
684 making it harder to brute-force.
685
686 Changes in other tools:
687
688 * systemd-homed gained support for luksPbkdfForceIterations (the
689 intended number of iterations for the PBKDF operation on LUKS).
690
691 * Environment variables $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_BTRFS,
692 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_EXT4, and $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_XFS
693 may now be used to specify additional arguments for mkfs when
694 systemd-homed formats a file system.
695
696 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the contents of
697 /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_vendor and /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_date via two
698 new D-Bus properties: FirmwareVendor and FirmwareDate. This allows
699 unprivileged code to access those values.
700
701 systemd-hostnamed also exports the SUPPORT_END= field from
702 os-release(5) as OperatingSystemSupportEnd. hostnamectl make uses of
703 this to show the status of the installed system.
704
705 * systemd-measure gained an --append= option to sign multiple phase
706 paths with different signing keys. This allows secrets to be
707 accessible only in certain parts of the boot sequence. Note that
708 'ukify' provides similar functionality in a more accessible form.
709
710 * systemd-timesyncd will now write a structured log message with
711 MESSAGE_ID set to SD_MESSAGE_TIME_BUMP when it bumps the clock based
712 on a on-disk timestamp, similarly to what it did when reaching
713 synchronization via NTP.
714
715 * systemd-timesyncd will now update the on-disk timestamp file on each
716 boot at least once, making it more likely that the system time
717 increases in subsequent boots.
718
719 * systemd-vconsole-setup gained support for system/service credentials:
720 vconsole.keymap/vconsole.keymap_toggle and
721 vconsole.font/vconsole.font_map/vconsole.font_unimap are analogous
722 the similarly-named options in vconsole.conf.
723
724 * systemd-localed will now save the XKB keyboard configuration to
725 /etc/vconsole.conf, and also read it from there with a higher
726 preference than the /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/00-keyboard.conf config
727 file. Previously, this information was stored in the former file in
728 converted form, and only in latter file in the original form. Tools
729 which want to access keyboard configuration can now do so from a
730 standard location.
731
732 * systemd-resolved gained support for configuring the nameservers and
733 search domains via kernel command line (nameserver=, domain=) and
734 credentials (network.dns, network.search_domains).
735
736 * systemd-resolved will now synthesize host names for the DNS stub
737 addresses it supports. Specifically when "_localdnsstub" is resolved,
738 127.0.0.53 is returned, and if "_localdnsproxy" is resolved
739 127.0.0.54 is returned.
740
741 * systemd-notify will now send a "RELOADING=1" notification when called
742 with --reloading, and "STOPPING=1" when called with --stopping. This
743 can be used to implement notifications from units where it's easier
744 to call a program than to use the sd-daemon library.
745
746 * systemd-analyze's 'plot' command can now output its information in
747 JSON, controlled via the --json= switch. Also, new --table, and
748 --no-legend options have been added.
749
750 * 'machinectl enable' will now automatically enable machines.target
751 unit in addition to adding the machine unit to the target.
752
753 Similarly, 'machinectl start|stop' gained a --now option to enable or
754 disable the machine unit when starting or stopping it.
755
756 * systemd-sysusers will now create /etc/ if it is missing.
757
758 * systemd-sleep 'HibernateDelaySec=' setting is changed back to
759 pre-v252's behaviour, and a new 'SuspendEstimationSec=' setting is
760 added to provide the new initial value for the new automated battery
761 estimation functionality. If 'HibernateDelaySec=' is set to any value,
762 the automated estimate (and thus the automated hibernation on low
763 battery to avoid data loss) functionality will be disabled.
764
765 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration will now automatically create
766 credentials storage directory '/etc/credstore/' with the appropriate,
767 secure permissions. If '/run/credstore/' exists, its permissions will
768 be fixed too in case they are not correct.
769
770 Changes in libsystemd and shared code:
771
772 * sd-bus gained new convenience functions sd_bus_emit_signal_to(),
773 sd_bus_emit_signal_tov(), and sd_bus_message_new_signal_to().
774
775 * sd-id128 functions now return -EUCLEAN (instead of -EIO) when the
776 128bit ID in files such as /etc/machine-id has an invalid
777 format. They also accept NULL as output parameter in more places,
778 which is useful when the caller only wants to validate the inputs and
779 does not need the output value.
780
781 * sd-login gained new functions sd_pidfd_get_session(),
782 sd_pidfd_get_owner_uid(), sd_pidfd_get_unit(),
783 sd_pidfd_get_user_unit(), sd_pidfd_get_slice(),
784 sd_pidfd_get_user_slice(), sd_pidfd_get_machine_name(), and
785 sd_pidfd_get_cgroup(), that are analogous to sd_pid_get_*(),
786 but accept a PIDFD instead of a PID.
787
788 * sd-path (and systemd-path) now export four new paths:
789 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
790 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
791 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR, and
792 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
793
794 * sd_notify() now supports AF_VSOCK as transport for notification
795 messages (in addition to the existing AF_UNIX support). This is
796 enabled if $NOTIFY_SOCKET is set in a "vsock:CID:port" format.
797
798 * Detection of chroot() environments now works if /proc/ is not
799 mounted. This affects systemd-detect-virt --chroot, but also means
800 that systemd tools will silently skip various operations in such an
801 environment.
802
803 * "Lockheed Martin Hardened Security for Intel Processors" (HS SRE)
804 virtualization is now detected.
805
806 Changes in the build system:
807
808 * Standalone variants of systemd-repart and systemd-shutdown may now be
809 built (if -Dstandalone=true).
810
811 * systemd-ac-power has been moved from /usr/lib/ to /usr/bin/, to, for
812 example, allow scripts to conditionalize execution on AC power
813 supply.
814
815 * The libp11kit library is now loaded through dlopen(3).
816
817 Changes in the documentation:
818
819 * Specifications that are not closely tied to systemd have moved to
820 https://uapi-group.org/specifications/: the Boot Loader Specification
821 and the Discoverable Partitions Specification.
822
823 Contributions from: 김인수, 13r0ck, Aidan Dang, Alberto Planas,
824 Alvin Šipraga, Andika Triwidada, AndyChi, angus-p, Anita Zhang,
825 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arsen Arsenović, asavah, Benjamin Fogle,
826 Benjamin Tissoires, berenddeschouwer, BerndAdameit,
827 Bernd Steinhauser, blutch112, cake03, Callum Farmer, Carlo Teubner,
828 Charles Hardin, chris, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
829 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Dan Streetman, DaPigGuy,
830 Darrell Kavanagh, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dirk Su,
831 Dmitry V. Levin, drosdeck, Edson Juliano Drosdeck, edupont,
832 Eric DeVolder, Erik Moqvist, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Gurtner,
833 Felix Riemann, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geert Lorang,
834 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Hannoskaj, Hans de Goede, Hugo Carvalho,
835 igo95862, Ilya Leoshkevich, Ivan Shapovalov, Jacek Migacz,
836 Jade Lovelace, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku, January,
837 Jason A. Donenfeld, jcg, Jean-Tiare Le Bigot, Jelle van der Waa,
838 Jeremy Linton, Jian Zhang, Jiayi Chen, Jia Zhang, Joerg Behrmann,
839 Jörg Thalheim, Joshua Goins, joshuazivkovic, Joshua Zivkovic,
840 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Khem Raj, Koba Ko, Lennart Poettering, lichao,
841 Li kunyu, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel,
842 Łukasz Stelmach, Lycowolf, marcel151, Marcus Schäfer, Marek Vasut,
843 Mark Laws, Michael Biebl, Michał Kotyla, Michal Koutný,
844 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, Mike Yuan, MkfsSion, ml,
845 msizanoen1, mvzlb, MVZ Ludwigsburg, Neil Moore, Nick Rosbrook,
846 noodlejetski, Pasha Vorobyev, Peter Cai, p-fpv, Phaedrus Leeds,
847 Philipp Jungkamp, Quentin Deslandes, Raul Tambre, Ray Strode,
848 reuben olinsky, Richard E. van der Luit, Richard Phibel,
849 Ricky Tigg, Robin Humble, rogg, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James,
850 Samuel Cabrero, Samuel Thibault, Siddhesh Poyarekar, Simon Brand,
851 Space Meyer, Spindle Security, Steve Ramage, Takashi Sakamoto,
852 Thomas Haller, Tonći Galić, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
853 Tuetuopay, uerdogan, Ulrich Ölmann, Valentin David,
854 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vito Caputo, Waltibaba, Will Fancher,
855 William Roberts, wouter bolsterlee, Youfu Zhang, Yu Watanabe,
856 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски,
857 наб
858
859 — Warsaw, 2023-02-15
860
861 CHANGES WITH 252 🎃:
862
863 Announcements of Future Feature Removals:
864
865 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
866 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
867 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
868 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
869 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
870 userspace has been ported over already.
871
872 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
873 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
874 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
875 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
876 For more details, see:
877 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
878
879 Compatibility Breaks:
880
881 * ConditionKernelVersion= checks that use the '=' or '!=' operators
882 will now do simple string comparisons (instead of version comparisons
883 à la stverscmp()). Version comparisons are still done for the
884 ordering operators '<', '>', '<=', '>='. Moreover, if no operator is
885 specified, a shell-style glob match is now done. This creates a minor
886 incompatibility compared to older systemd versions when the '*', '?',
887 '[', ']' characters are used, as these will now match as shell globs
888 instead of literally. Given that kernel version strings typically do
889 not include these characters we expect little breakage through this
890 change.
891
892 * The service manager will now read the SELinux label used for SELinux
893 access checks from the unit file at the time it loads the file.
894 Previously, the label would be read at the moment of the access
895 check, which was problematic since at that time the unit file might
896 already have been updated or removed.
897
898 New Features:
899
900 * systemd-measure is a new tool for calculating and signing expected
901 TPM2 PCR values for a given unified kernel image (UKI) booted via
902 sd-stub. The public key used for the signature and the signed
903 expected PCR information can be embedded inside the UKI. This
904 information can be extracted from the UKI by external tools and code
905 in the image itself and is made available to userspace in the booted
906 kernel.
907
908 systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, and systemd-creds have been
909 updated to make use of this information if available in the booted
910 kernel: when locking an encrypted volume/credential to the TPM
911 systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-creds will use the public key to bind the
912 volume/credential to any kernel that carries PCR information signed
913 by the same key pair. When unlocking such volumes/credentials
914 systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-creds will use the signature embedded in
915 the booted UKI to gain access.
916
917 Binding TPM-based disk encryption to public keys/signatures of PCR
918 values — instead of literal PCR values — addresses the inherent
919 "brittleness" of traditional PCR-bound TPM disk encryption schemes:
920 disks remain accessible even if the UKI is updated, without any TPM
921 specific preparation during the OS update — as long as each UKI
922 carries the necessary PCR signature information.
923
924 Net effect: if you boot a properly prepared kernel, TPM-bound disk
925 encryption now defaults to be locked to kernels which carry PCR
926 signatures from the same key pair. Example: if a hypothetical distro
927 FooOS prepares its UKIs like this, TPM-based disk encryption is now –
928 by default – bound to only FooOS kernels, and encrypted volumes bound
929 to the TPM cannot be unlocked on kernels from other sources. (But do
930 note this behaviour requires preparation/enabling in the UKI, and of
931 course users can always enroll non-TPM ways to unlock the volume.)
932
933 * systemd-pcrphase is a new tool that is invoked at six places during
934 system runtime, and measures additional words into TPM2 PCR 11, to
935 mark milestones of the boot process. This allows binding access to
936 specific TPM2-encrypted secrets to specific phases of the boot
937 process. (Example: LUKS2 disk encryption key only accessible in the
938 initrd, but not later.)
939
940 Changes in systemd itself, i.e. the manager and units
941
942 * The cpu controller is delegated to user manager units by default, and
943 CPUWeight= settings are applied to the top-level user slice units
944 (app.slice, background.slice, session.slice). This provides a degree
945 of resource isolation between different user services competing for
946 the CPU.
947
948 * Systemd can optionally do a full preset in the "first boot" condition
949 (instead of just enable-only). This behaviour is controlled by the
950 compile-time option -Dfirst-boot-full-preset. Right now it defaults
951 to 'false', but the plan is to switch it to 'true' for the subsequent
952 release.
953
954 * Drop-ins are now allowed for transient units too.
955
956 * Systemd will set the taint flag 'support-ended' if it detects that
957 the OS image is past its end-of-support date. This date is declared
958 in a new /etc/os-release field SUPPORT_END= described below.
959
960 * Two new settings ConditionCredential= and AssertCredential= can be
961 used to skip or fail units if a certain system credential is not
962 provided.
963
964 * ConditionMemory= accepts size suffixes (K, M, G, T, …).
965
966 * DefaultSmackProcessLabel= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
967 specify the SMACK security label to use when not specified in a unit
968 file.
969
970 * DefaultDeviceTimeoutSec= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
971 specify the default timeout when waiting for device units to
972 activate.
973
974 * C.UTF-8 is used as the default locale if nothing else has been
975 configured.
976
977 * [Condition|Assert]Firmware= have been extended to support certain
978 SMBIOS fields. For example
979
980 ConditionFirmware=smbios-field(board_name = "Custom Board")
981
982 conditionalizes the unit to run only when
983 /sys/class/dmi/id/board_name contains "Custom Board" (without the
984 quotes).
985
986 * ConditionFirstBoot= now correctly evaluates as true only during the
987 boot phase of the first boot. A unit executed later, after booting
988 has completed, will no longer evaluate this condition as true.
989
990 * Socket units will now create sockets in the SELinuxContext= of the
991 associated service unit, if any.
992
993 * Boot phase transitions (start initrd → exit initrd → boot complete →
994 shutdown) will be measured into TPM2 PCR 11, so that secrets can be
995 bound to a specific runtime phase. E.g.: a LUKS encryption key can be
996 unsealed only in the initrd.
997
998 * Service credentials (i.e. SetCredential=/LoadCredential=/…) will now
999 also be provided to ExecStartPre= processes.
1000
1001 * Various units are now correctly ordered against
1002 initrd-switch-root.target where previously a conflict without
1003 ordering was configured. A stop job for those units would be queued,
1004 but without the ordering it could be executed only after
1005 initrd-switch-root.service, leading to units not being restarted in
1006 the host system as expected.
1007
1008 * In order to fully support the IPMI watchdog driver, which has not yet
1009 been ported to the new common watchdog device interface,
1010 /dev/watchdog0 will be tried first and systemd will silently fallback
1011 to /dev/watchdog if it is not found.
1012
1013 * New watchdog-related D-Bus properties are now published by systemd:
1014 WatchdogDevice, WatchdogLastPingTimestamp,
1015 WatchdogLastPingTimestampMonotonic.
1016
1017 * At shutdown, API virtual files systems (proc, sys, etc.) will be
1018 unmounted lazily.
1019
1020 * At shutdown, systemd will now log about processes blocking unmounting
1021 of file systems.
1022
1023 * A new meson build option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' was added to
1024 allow disabling system time correction if RTC returns a timestamp far
1025 in the future.
1026
1027 * Propagated restart jobs will no longer be discarded while a unit is
1028 activating.
1029
1030 * PID 1 will now import system credentials from SMBIOS Type 11 fields
1031 ("OEM vendor strings"), in addition to qemu_fwcfg. This provides a
1032 simple, fast and generic path for supplying credentials to a VM,
1033 without involving external tools such as cloud-init/ignition.
1034
1035 * The CPUWeight= setting of unit files now accepts a new special value
1036 "idle", which configures "idle" level scheduling for the unit.
1037
1038 * Service processes that are activated due to a .timer or .path unit
1039 triggering will now receive information about this via environment
1040 variables. Note that this is information is lossy, as activation
1041 might be coalesced and only one of the activating triggers will be
1042 reported. This is hence more suited for debugging or tracing rather
1043 than for behaviour decisions.
1044
1045 * The riscv_flush_icache(2) system call has been added to the list of
1046 system calls allowed by default when SystemCallFilter= is used.
1047
1048 * The selinux context derived from the target executable, instead of
1049 'init_t' used for the manager itself, is now used when creating
1050 listening sockets for units that specify SELinuxContextFromNet=yes.
1051
1052 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
1053
1054 * The Boot Loader Specification has been cleaned up and clarified.
1055 Various corner cases in version string comparisons have been fixed
1056 (e.g. comparisons for empty strings). Boot counting is now part of
1057 the main specification.
1058
1059 * New PCRs measurements are performed during boot: PCR 11 for the
1060 kernel+initrd combo, PCR 13 for any sysext images. If a measurement
1061 took place this is now reported to userspace via the new
1062 StubPcrKernelImage and StubPcrInitRDSysExts EFI variables.
1063
1064 * As before, systemd-stub will measure kernel parameters and system
1065 credentials into PCR 12. It will now report this fact via the
1066 StubPcrKernelParameters EFI variable to userspace.
1067
1068 * The UEFI monotonic boot counter is now included in the updated random
1069 seed file maintained by sd-boot, providing some additional entropy.
1070
1071 * sd-stub will use LoadImage/StartImage to execute the kernel, instead
1072 of arranging the image manually and jumping to the kernel entry
1073 point. sd-stub also installs a temporary UEFI SecurityOverride to
1074 allow the (unsigned) nested image to be booted. This is safe because
1075 the outer (signed) stub+kernel binary must have been verified before
1076 the stub was executed.
1077
1078 * Booting in EFI mixed mode (a 64-bit kernel over 32-bit UEFI firmware)
1079 is now supported by sd-boot.
1080
1081 * bootctl gained a bunch of new options: --all-architectures to install
1082 binaries for all supported EFI architectures, --root= and --image=
1083 options to operate on a directory or disk image, and
1084 --install-source= to specify the source for binaries to install,
1085 --efi-boot-option-description= to control the name of the boot entry.
1086
1087 * The sd-boot stub exports a StubFeatures flag, which is used by
1088 bootctl to show features supported by the stub that was used to boot.
1089
1090 * The PE section offsets that are used by tools that assemble unified
1091 kernel images have historically been hard-coded. This may lead to
1092 overlapping PE sections which may break on boot. The UKI will now try
1093 to detect and warn about this.
1094
1095 Any tools that assemble UKIs must update to calculate these offsets
1096 dynamically. Future sd-stub versions may use offsets that will not
1097 work with the currently used set of hard-coded offsets!
1098
1099 * sd-stub now accepts (and passes to the initrd and then to the full
1100 OS) new PE sections '.pcrsig' and '.pcrkey' that can be used to embed
1101 signatures of expected PCR values, to allow sealing secrets via the
1102 TPM2 against pre-calculated PCR measurements.
1103
1104 Changes in the hardware database:
1105
1106 * 'systemd-hwdb query' now supports the --root= option.
1107
1108 Changes in systemctl:
1109
1110 * systemctl now supports --state= and --type= options for the 'show'
1111 and 'status' verbs.
1112
1113 * systemctl gained a new verb 'list-automounts' to list automount
1114 points.
1115
1116 * systemctl gained support for a new --image= switch to be able to
1117 operate on the specified disk image (similar to the existing --root=
1118 which operates relative to some directory).
1119
1120 Changes in systemd-networkd:
1121
1122 * networkd can set Linux NetLabel labels for integration with the
1123 network control in security modules via a new NetLabel= option.
1124
1125 * The RapidCommit= is (re-)introduced to enable faster configuration
1126 via DHCPv6 (RFC 3315).
1127
1128 * networkd gained a new option TCPCongestionControlAlgorithm= that
1129 allows setting a per-route TCP algorithm.
1130
1131 * networkd gained a new option KeepFileDescriptor= to allow keeping a
1132 reference (file descriptor) open on TUN/TAP interfaces, which is
1133 useful to avoid link flaps while the underlying service providing the
1134 interface is being serviced.
1135
1136 * RouteTable= now also accepts route table names.
1137
1138 Changes in systemd-nspawn:
1139
1140 * The --bind= and --overlay= options now support relative paths.
1141
1142 * The --bind= option now supports a 'rootidmap' value, which will
1143 use id-mapped mounts to map the root user inside the container to the
1144 owner of the mounted directory on the host.
1145
1146 Changes in systemd-resolved:
1147
1148 * systemd-resolved now persists DNSOverTLS in its state file too. This
1149 fixes a problem when used in combination with NetworkManager, which
1150 sends the setting only once, causing it to be lost if resolved was
1151 restarted at any point.
1152
1153 * systemd-resolved now exposes a varlink socket at
1154 /run/systemd/resolve/io.systemd.Resolve.Monitor, accessible only for
1155 root. Processed DNS requests in a JSON format will be published to
1156 any clients connected to this socket.
1157
1158 resolvectl gained a 'monitor' verb to make use of this.
1159
1160 * systemd-resolved now treats unsupported DNSSEC algorithms as INSECURE
1161 instead of returning SERVFAIL, as per RFC:
1162 https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6840#section-5.2
1163
1164 * OpenSSL is the default crypto backend for systemd-resolved. (gnutls
1165 is still supported.)
1166
1167 Changes in libsystemd and other libraries:
1168
1169 * libsystemd now exports sd_bus_error_setfv() (a convenience function
1170 for setting bus errors), sd_id128_string_equal (a convenience
1171 function for 128bit ID string comparisons), and
1172 sd_bus_message_read_strv_extend() (a function to incrementally read
1173 string arrays).
1174
1175 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_get_child_first()/_next() as a
1176 high-level interface for enumerating child devices. It also supports
1177 sd_device_new_child() for opening a child device given a device
1178 object.
1179
1180 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_monitor_set()/get_description()
1181 which allow setting a custom description that will be used in log
1182 messages by sd_device_monitor*.
1183
1184 * Private shared libraries (libsystemd-shared-nnn.so,
1185 libsystemd-core-nnn.so) are now installed into arch-specific
1186 directories to allow multi-arch installs.
1187
1188 * A new sd-gpt.h header is now published, listing GUIDs from the
1189 Discoverable Partitions specification. For more details see:
1190 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/
1191
1192 * A new function sd_hwdb_new_from_path() has been added to open a hwdb
1193 database given an explicit path to the file.
1194
1195 * The signal number argument to sd_event_add_signal() now can now be
1196 ORed with the SD_EVENT_SIGNAL_PROCMASK flag, causing sigprocmask() to
1197 be automatically invoked to block the specified signal. This is
1198 useful to simplify invocations as the caller doesn't have to do this
1199 manually.
1200
1201 * A new convenience call sd_event_set_signal_exit() has been added to
1202 sd-event to set up signal handling so that the event loop
1203 automatically terminates cleanly on SIGTERM/SIGINT.
1204
1205 Changes in other components:
1206
1207 * systemd-sysusers, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysctl configuration
1208 can now be provided via the credential mechanism.
1209
1210 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb 'compare-versions' that implements
1211 comparisons for versions strings (similarly to 'rpmdev-vercmp' and
1212 'dpkg --compare-versions').
1213
1214 * 'systemd-analyze dump' is extended to accept glob patterns for unit
1215 names to limit the output to matching units.
1216
1217 * tmpfiles.d/ lines can read file contents to write from a credential.
1218 The new modifier char '^' is used to specify that the argument is a
1219 credential name. This mechanism is used to automatically populate
1220 /etc/motd, /etc/issue, and /etc/hosts from credentials.
1221
1222 * tmpfiles.d/ may now be configured to avoid changing uid/gid/mode of
1223 an inode if the specification is prefixed with ':' and the inode
1224 already exists.
1225
1226 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration now carries a line to automatically
1227 use an 'ssh.authorized_keys.root' credential if provided to set up
1228 the SSH authorized_keys file for the root user.
1229
1230 * systemd-tmpfiles will now gracefully handle absent source of "C" copy
1231 lines.
1232
1233 * tmpfiles.d/ F/w lines now optionally permit encoding of the payload
1234 in base64. This is useful to write arbitrary binary data into files.
1235
1236 * The pkgconfig and rpm macros files now export the directory for user
1237 units as 'user_tmpfiles_dir' and '%_user_tmpfilesdir'.
1238
1239 * Detection of Apple Virtualization and detection of Parallels and
1240 KubeVirt virtualization on non-x86 archs have been added.
1241
1242 * os-release gained a new field SUPPORT_END=YYYY-MM-DD to inform the
1243 user when their system will become unsupported.
1244
1245 * When performing suspend-then-hibernate, the system will estimate the
1246 discharge rate and use that to set the delay until hibernation and
1247 hibernate immediately instead of suspending when running from a
1248 battery and the capacity is below 5%.
1249
1250 * systemd-sysctl gained a --strict option to fail when a sysctl
1251 setting is unknown to the kernel.
1252
1253 * machinectl supports --force for the 'copy-to' and 'copy-from'
1254 verbs.
1255
1256 * coredumpctl gained the --root and --image options to look for journal
1257 files under the specified root directory, image, or block device.
1258
1259 * 'journalctl -o' and similar commands now implement a new output mode
1260 "short-delta". It is similar to "short-monotonic", but also shows the
1261 time delta between subsequent messages.
1262
1263 * journalctl now respects the --quiet flag when verifying consistency
1264 of journal files.
1265
1266 * Journal log messages gained a new implicit field _RUNTIME_SCOPE= that
1267 will indicate whether a message was logged in the 'initrd' phase or
1268 in the 'system' phase of the boot process.
1269
1270 * Journal files gained a new compatibility flag
1271 'HEADER_INCOMPATIBLE_COMPACT'. Files with this flag implement changes
1272 to the storage format that allow reducing size on disk. As with other
1273 compatibility flags, older journalctl versions will not be able to
1274 read journal files using this new format. The environment variable
1275 'SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_COMPACT=0' can be passed to systemd-journald to
1276 disable this functionality. It is enabled by default.
1277
1278 * systemd-run's --working-directory= switch now works when used in
1279 combination with --scope.
1280
1281 * portablectl gained a --force flag to skip certain sanity checks. This
1282 is implemented using new flags accepted by systemd-portabled for the
1283 *WithExtensions() D-Bus methods: SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_ATTACH
1284 flag now means that the attach/detach checks whether the units are
1285 already present and running will be skipped. Similarly,
1286 SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_SYSEXT flag means that the check whether
1287 image name matches the name declared inside of the image will be
1288 skipped. Callers must be sure to do those checks themselves if
1289 appropriate.
1290
1291 * systemd-portabled will now use the original filename to check
1292 extension-release.NAME for correctness, in case it is passed a
1293 symlink.
1294
1295 * systemd-portabled now uses PrivateTmp=yes in the 'trusted' profile
1296 too.
1297
1298 * sysext's extension-release files now support '_any' as a special
1299 value for the ID= field, to allow distribution-independent extensions
1300 (e.g.: fully statically compiled binaries, scripts). It also gained
1301 support for a new ARCHITECTURE= field that may be used to explicitly
1302 restrict an image to hosts of a specific architecture.
1303
1304 * systemd-repart now supports creating squashfs partitions. This
1305 requires mksquashfs from squashfs-tools.
1306
1307 * systemd-repart gained a --split flag to also generate split
1308 artifacts, i.e. a separate file for each partition. This is useful in
1309 conjunction with systemd-sysupdate or other tools, or to generate
1310 split dm-verity artifacts.
1311
1312 * systemd-repart is now able to generate dm-verity partitions, including
1313 signatures.
1314
1315 * systemd-repart can now set a partition UUID to zero, allowing it to
1316 be filled in later, such as when using verity partitions.
1317
1318 * systemd-repart now supports drop-ins for its configuration files.
1319
1320 * Package metadata logged by systemd-coredump in the system journal is
1321 now more compact.
1322
1323 * xdg-autostart-service now expands 'tilde' characters in Exec lines.
1324
1325 * systemd-oomd now automatically links against libatomic, if available.
1326
1327 * systemd-oomd now sends out a 'Killed' D-Bus signal when a cgroup is
1328 killed.
1329
1330 * scope units now also provide oom-kill status.
1331
1332 * systemd-pstore will now try to load only the efi_pstore kernel module
1333 before running, ensuring that pstore can be used.
1334
1335 * systemd-logind gained a new StopIdleSessionSec= option to stop an idle
1336 session after a preconfigure timeout.
1337
1338 * systemd-homed will now wait up to 30 seconds for workers to terminate,
1339 rather than indefinitely.
1340
1341 * homectl gained a new '--luks-sector-size=' flag that allows users to
1342 select the preferred LUKS sector size. Must be a power of 2 between 512
1343 and 4096. systemd-userdbd records gained a corresponding field.
1344
1345 * systemd-sysusers will now respect the 'SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH' environment
1346 variable when generating the 'sp_lstchg' field, to ensure an image
1347 build can be reproducible.
1348
1349 * 'udevadm wait' will now listen to kernel uevents too when called with
1350 --initialized=no.
1351
1352 * When naming network devices udev will now consult the Devicetree
1353 "alias" fields for the device.
1354
1355 * systemd-udev will now create infiniband/by-path and
1356 infiniband/by-ibdev links for Infiniband verbs devices.
1357
1358 * systemd-udev-trigger.service will now also prioritize input devices.
1359
1360 * ConditionACPower= and systemd-ac-power will now assume the system is
1361 running on AC power if no battery can be found.
1362
1363 * All features and tools using the TPM2 will now communicate with it
1364 using a bind key. Beforehand, the tpm2 support used encrypted sessions
1365 by creating a primary key that was used to encrypt traffic. This
1366 creates a problem as the key created for encrypting the traffic could
1367 be faked by an active interposer on the bus. In cases when a pin is
1368 used, a bind key will be used. The pin is used as the auth value for
1369 the seal key, aka the disk encryption key, and that auth value will be
1370 used in the session establishment. An attacker would need the pin
1371 value to create the secure session and thus an active interposer
1372 without the pin cannot interpose on TPM2 traffic.
1373
1374 * systemd-growfs no longer requires udev to run.
1375
1376 * systemd-backlight now will better support systems with multiple
1377 graphic cards.
1378
1379 * systemd-cryptsetup's keyfile-timeout= option now also works when a
1380 device is used as a keyfile.
1381
1382 * systemd-cryptenroll gained a new --unlock-key-file= option to get the
1383 unlocking key from a key file (instead of prompting the user). Note
1384 that this is the key for unlocking the volume in order to be able to
1385 enroll a new key, but it is not the key that is enrolled.
1386
1387 * systemd-dissect gained a new --umount switch that will safely and
1388 synchronously unmount all partitions of an image previously mounted
1389 with 'systemd-dissect --mount'.
1390
1391 * When using gcrypt, all systemd tools and services will now configure
1392 it to prefer the OS random number generator if present.
1393
1394 * All example code shipped with documentation has been relicensed from CC0
1395 to MIT-0.
1396
1397 * Unit tests will no longer fail when running on a system without
1398 /etc/machine-id.
1399
1400 Experimental features:
1401
1402 * BPF programs can now be compiled with bpf-gcc (requires libbpf >= 1.0
1403 and bpftool >= 7.0).
1404
1405 * sd-boot can automatically enroll SecureBoot keys from files found on
1406 the ESP. This enrollment can be either automatic ('force' mode) or
1407 controlled by the user ('manual' mode). It is sufficient to place the
1408 SecureBoot keys in the right place in the ESP and they will be picked
1409 up by sd-boot and shown in the boot menu.
1410
1411 * The mkosi config in systemd gained support for automatically
1412 compiling a kernel with the configuration appropriate for testing
1413 systemd. This may be useful when developing or testing systemd in
1414 tandem with the kernel.
1415
1416 Contributions from: 김인수, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Aidan Dang,
1417 Akihiko Odaki, Alban Bedel, Albert Mikaelyan, Aleksey Vasenev,
1418 Alexander Graf, Alexander Shopov, Alexander Wilson,
1419 Alper Nebi Yasak, anarcat, Anders Jonsson, Andre Kalb,
1420 Andrew Stone, Andrey Albershteyn, Anita Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt,
1421 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arnaud Ferraris, Aryan singh, asavah,
1422 Avamander, Avram Lubkin, Balázs Meskó, Bastien Nocera,
1423 Benjamin Franzke, BerndAdameit, bin456789, Celeste Liu,
1424 Chih-Hsuan Yen, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
1425 Christian Hesse, Clyde Byrd III, codefiles, Colin Walters,
1426 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Daniel Braunwarth,
1427 Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Darsey Litzenberger, David Edmundson,
1428 David Jaša, David Rheinsberg, David Seifert, David Tardon,
1429 dependabot[bot], Devendra Tewari, Dominique Martinet, drosdeck,
1430 Edson Juliano Drosdeck, Eduard Tolosa, eggfly, Einsler Lee,
1431 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Evgeny Vereshchagin, exploide, Fei Li,
1432 Foster Snowhill, Franck Bui, Frank Dana, Frantisek Sumsal,
1433 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Goffredo Baroncelli, gtwang01,
1434 Guillaume W. Bres, H A, Hans de Goede, Heinrich Schuchardt,
1435 Hugo Carvalho, i-do-cpp, igo95862, j00512545, Jacek Migacz,
1436 Jade Bilkey, James Hilliard, Jan B, Janis Goldschmidt,
1437 Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku,
1438 Jason A. Donenfeld, Javkhlanbayar Khongorzul, Jeremy Soller,
1439 JeroenHD, jiangchuangang, João Loureiro,
1440 Joaquín Ignacio Aramendía, Jochen Sprickerhof,
1441 Johannes Schauer Marin Rodrigues, Jonas Kümmerlin,
1442 Jonas Witschel, Jonathan Kang, Jonathan Lebon, Joost Heitbrink,
1443 Jörg Thalheim, josh-gordon-fb, Joyce, Kai Lueke, lastkrick,
1444 Lennart Poettering, Leon M. George, licunlong, Li kunyu,
1445 LockBlock-dev, Loïc Collignon, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
1446 Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Łukasz Stelmach, Maccraft123,
1447 Marc Kleine-Budde, Marius Vollmer, Martin Wilck, matoro,
1448 Matthias Lisin, Max Gautier, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
1449 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Stanke, Mike Gilbert,
1450 Mitchell Freiderich, msizanoen1, Nick Rosbrook, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
1451 Oleg Solovyov, Olga Smirnova, Pablo Ceballos, Pavel Zhukov,
1452 Phaedrus Leeds, Philipp Gortan, Piotr Drąg, Pyfisch,
1453 Quentin Deslandes, Rahil Bhimjiani, Rene Hollander, Richard Huang,
1454 Richard Phibel, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James, Sarah Brofeldt,
1455 Sean Anderson, Sebastian Scheibner, Shreenidhi Shedi,
1456 Sonali Srivastava, Steve Ramage, Suraj Krishnan, Swapnil Devesh,
1457 Takashi Sakamoto, Ted X. Toth, Temuri Doghonadze, Thomas Blume,
1458 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hebb, Tomáš Hnyk, Tomasz Paweł Gajc,
1459 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, undef, Uriel Corfa,
1460 Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Dagonneau, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
1461 Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wenchao Hao, William Roberts, williamsumendap,
1462 wineway, xiaoyang, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe,
1463 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhaofeng Li, наб
1464
1465 – The Great Beyond, 2022-10-31 👻
1466
1467 CHANGES WITH 251:
1468
1469 Backwards-incompatible changes:
1470
1471 * The minimum kernel version required has been bumped from 3.13 to 4.15,
1472 and CLOCK_BOOTTIME is now assumed to always exist.
1473
1474 * C11 with GNU extensions (aka "gnu11") is now used to build our
1475 components. Public API headers are still restricted to ISO C89.
1476
1477 * In v250, a systemd-networkd feature that automatically configures
1478 routes to addresses specified in AllowedIPs= was added and enabled by
1479 default. However, this causes network connectivity issues in many
1480 existing setups. Hence, it has been disabled by default since
1481 systemd-stable 250.3. The feature can still be used by explicitly
1482 configuring RouteTable= setting in .netdev files.
1483
1484 * Jobs started via StartUnitWithFlags() will no longer return 'skipped'
1485 when a Condition*= check does not succeed, restoring the JobRemoved
1486 signal to the behaviour it had before v250.
1487
1488 * The org.freedesktop.portable1 methods GetMetadataWithExtensions() and
1489 GetImageMetadataWithExtensions() have been fixed to provide an extra
1490 return parameter, containing the actual extension release metadata.
1491 The current implementation was judged to be broken and unusable, and
1492 thus the usual procedure of adding a new set of methods was skipped,
1493 and backward compatibility broken instead on the assumption that
1494 nobody can be affected given the current state of this interface.
1495
1496 * All kernels supported by systemd mix bytes returned by RDRAND (or
1497 similar) into the entropy pool at early boot. This means that on
1498 those systems, even if /dev/urandom is not yet initialized, it still
1499 returns bytes that are of at least RDRAND quality. For that reason,
1500 we no longer have reason to invoke RDRAND from systemd itself, which
1501 has historically been a source of bugs. Furthermore, kernels ≥5.6
1502 provide the getrandom(GRND_INSECURE) interface for returning random
1503 bytes before the entropy pool is initialized without warning into
1504 kmsg, which is what we attempt to use if available. systemd's direct
1505 usage of RDRAND has been removed. x86 systems ≥Broadwell that are
1506 running an older kernel may experience kmsg warnings that were not
1507 seen with 250. For newer kernels, non-x86 systems, or older x86
1508 systems, there should be no visible changes.
1509
1510 * sd-boot will now measure the kernel command line into TPM PCR 12
1511 rather than PCR 8. This improves usefulness of the measurements on
1512 systems where sd-boot is chainloaded from Grub. Grub measures all
1513 commands its executes into PCR 8, which makes it very hard to use
1514 reasonably, hence separate ourselves from that and use PCR 12
1515 instead, which is what certain Ubuntu editions already do. To retain
1516 compatibility with systems running older systemd systems a new meson
1517 option 'efi-tpm-pcr-compat' has been added (which defaults to false).
1518 If enabled, the measurement is done twice: into the new-style PCR 12
1519 *and* the old-style PCR 8. It's strongly advised to migrate all users
1520 to PCR 12 for this purpose in the long run, as we intend to remove
1521 this compatibility feature in two years' time.
1522
1523 * busctl capture now writes output in the newer pcapng format instead
1524 of pcap.
1525
1526 * A udev rule that imported hwdb matches for USB devices with lowercase
1527 hexadecimal vendor/product ID digits was added in systemd 250. This
1528 has been reverted, since uppercase hexadecimal digits are supposed to
1529 be used, and we already had a rule with the appropriate match.
1530
1531 Users might need to adjust their local hwdb entries.
1532
1533 * arch_prctl(2) has been moved to the @default set in the syscall filters
1534 (as exposed via the SystemCallFilter= setting in service unit files).
1535 It is apparently used by the linker now.
1536
1537 * The tmpfiles entries that create the /run/systemd/netif directory and
1538 its subdirectories were moved from tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf to
1539 tmpfiles.d/systemd-network.conf.
1540
1541 Users might need to adjust their files that override tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf
1542 to account for this change.
1543
1544 * The requirement for Portable Services images to contain a well-formed
1545 os-release file (i.e.: contain at least an ID field) is now enforced.
1546 This applies to base images and extensions, and also to systemd-sysext.
1547
1548 Changes in the Boot Loader Specification, kernel-install and sd-boot:
1549
1550 * kernel-install's and bootctl's Boot Loader Specification Type #1
1551 entry generation logic has been reworked. The user may now pick
1552 explicitly by which "token" string to name the installation's boot
1553 entries, via the new /etc/kernel/entry-token file or the new
1554 --entry-token= switch to bootctl. By default — as before — the
1555 entries are named after the local machine ID. However, in "golden
1556 image" environments, where the machine ID shall be initialized on
1557 first boot (as opposed to at installation time before first boot) the
1558 machine ID will not be available at build time. In this case the
1559 --entry-token= switch to bootctl (or the /etc/kernel/entry-token
1560 file) may be used to override the "token" for the entries, for
1561 example the IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from /etc/os-release. This will
1562 make the OS images independent of any machine ID, and ensure that the
1563 images will not carry any identifiable information before first boot,
1564 but on the other hand means that multiple parallel installations of
1565 the very same image on the same disk cannot be supported.
1566
1567 Summary: if you are building golden images that shall acquire
1568 identity information exclusively on first boot, make sure to both
1569 remove /etc/machine-id *and* to write /etc/kernel/entry-token to the
1570 value of the IMAGE_ID= or ID= field of /etc/os-release or another
1571 suitable identifier before deploying the image.
1572
1573 * The Boot Loader Specification has been extended with
1574 /loader/entries.srel file located in the EFI System Partition (ESP)
1575 that disambiguates the format of the entries in the /loader/entries/
1576 directory (in order to discern them from incompatible uses of this
1577 directory by other projects). For entries that follow the
1578 Specification, the string "type1" is stored in this file.
1579
1580 bootctl will now write this file automatically when installing the
1581 systemd-boot boot loader.
1582
1583 * kernel-install supports a new initrd_generator= setting in
1584 /etc/kernel/install.conf, that is exported as
1585 $KERNEL_INSTALL_INITRD_GENERATOR to kernel-install plugins. This
1586 allows choosing different initrd generators.
1587
1588 * kernel-install will now create a "staging area" (an initially-empty
1589 directory to gather files for a Boot Loader Specification Type #1
1590 entry). The path to this directory is exported as
1591 $KERNEL_INSTALL_STAGING_AREA to kernel-install plugins, which should
1592 drop files there instead of writing them directly to the final
1593 location. kernel-install will move them when all files have been
1594 prepared successfully.
1595
1596 * New option sort-key= has been added to the Boot Loader Specification
1597 to override the sorting order of the entries in the boot menu. It is
1598 read by sd-boot and bootctl, and will be written by kernel-install,
1599 with the default value of IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from
1600 os-release. Together, this means that on multiboot installations,
1601 entries should be grouped and sorted in a predictable way.
1602
1603 * The sort order of boot entries has been updated: entries which have
1604 the new field sort-key= are sorted by it first, and all entries
1605 without it are ordered later. After that, entries are sorted by
1606 version so that newest entries are towards the beginning of the list.
1607
1608 * The kernel-install tool gained a new 'inspect' verb which shows the
1609 paths and other settings used.
1610
1611 * sd-boot can now optionally beep when the menu is shown and menu
1612 entries are selected, which can be useful on machines without a
1613 working display. (Controllable via a loader.conf setting.)
1614
1615 * The --make-machine-id-directory= switch to bootctl has been replaced
1616 by --make-entry-directory=, given that the entry directory is not
1617 necessarily named after the machine ID, but after some other suitable
1618 ID as selected via --entry-token= described above. The old name of
1619 the option is still understood to maximize compatibility.
1620
1621 * 'bootctl list' gained support for a new --json= switch to output boot
1622 menu entries in JSON format.
1623
1624 * 'bootctl is-installed' now supports the --graceful, and various verbs
1625 omit output with the new option --quiet.
1626
1627 Changes in systemd-homed:
1628
1629 * Starting with v250 systemd-homed uses UID/GID mapping on the mounts
1630 of activated home directories it manages (if the kernel and selected
1631 file systems support it). So far it mapped three UID ranges: the
1632 range from 0…60000, the user's own UID, and the range 60514…65534,
1633 leaving everything else unmapped (in other words, the 16bit UID range
1634 is mapped almost fully, with the exception of the UID subrange used
1635 for systemd-homed users, with one exception: the user's own UID).
1636 Unmapped UIDs may not be used for file ownership in the home
1637 directory — any chown() attempts with them will fail. With this
1638 release a fourth range is added to these mappings:
1639 524288…1879048191. This range is the UID range intended for container
1640 uses, see:
1641
1642 https://systemd.io/UIDS-GIDS
1643
1644 This range may be used for container managers that place container OS
1645 trees in the home directory (which is a questionable approach, for
1646 quota, permission, SUID handling and network file system
1647 compatibility reasons, but nonetheless apparently commonplace). Note
1648 that this mapping is mapped 1:1 in a pass-through fashion, i.e. the
1649 UID assignments from the range are not managed or mapped by
1650 `systemd-homed`, and must be managed with other mechanisms, in the
1651 context of the local system.
1652
1653 Typically, a better approach to user namespacing in relevant
1654 container managers would be to leave container OS trees on disk at
1655 UID offset 0, but then map them to a dynamically allocated runtime
1656 UID range via another UID mount map at container invocation
1657 time. That way user namespace UID ranges become strictly a runtime
1658 concept, and do not leak into persistent file systems, persistent
1659 user databases or persistent configuration, thus greatly simplifying
1660 handling, and improving compatibility with home directories intended
1661 to be portable like the ones managed by systemd-homed.
1662
1663 Changes in shared libraries:
1664
1665 * A new libsystemd-core-<version>.so private shared library is
1666 installed under /usr/lib/systemd/system, mirroring the existing
1667 libsystemd-shared-<version>.so library. This allows the total
1668 installation size to be reduced by binary code reuse.
1669
1670 * The <version> tag used in the name of libsystemd-shared.so and
1671 libsystemd-core.so can be configured via the meson option
1672 'shared-lib-tag'. Distributions may build subsequent versions of the
1673 systemd package with unique tags (e.g. the full package version),
1674 thus allowing multiple installations of those shared libraries to be
1675 available at the same time. This is intended to fix an issue where
1676 programs that link to those libraries would fail to execute because
1677 they were installed earlier or later than the appropriate version of
1678 the library.
1679
1680 * The sd-id128 API gained a new call sd_id128_to_uuid_string() that is
1681 similar to sd_id128_to_string() but formats the ID in RFC 4122 UUID
1682 format instead of as a simple series of hex characters.
1683
1684 * The sd-device API gained two new calls sd_device_new_from_devname()
1685 and sd_device_new_from_path() which permit allocating an sd_device
1686 object from a device node name or file system path.
1687
1688 * sd-device also gained a new call sd_device_open() which will open the
1689 device node associated with a device for which an sd_device object
1690 has been allocated. The call is supposed to address races around
1691 device nodes being removed/recycled due to hotplug events, or media
1692 change events: the call checks internally whether the major/minor of
1693 the device node and the "diskseq" (in case of block devices) match
1694 with the metadata loaded in the sd_device object, thus ensuring that
1695 the device once opened really matches the provided sd_device object.
1696
1697 Changes in PID1, systemctl, and systemd-oomd:
1698
1699 * A new set of service monitor environment variables will be passed to
1700 OnFailure=/OnSuccess= handlers, but only if exactly one unit lists the
1701 handler unit as OnFailure=/OnSuccess=. The variables are:
1702 $MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT, $MONITOR_EXIT_CODE, $MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS,
1703 $MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID and $MONITOR_UNIT. For cases when a single
1704 handler needs to watch multiple units, use a templated handler.
1705
1706 * A new ExtensionDirectories= setting in service unit files allows
1707 system extensions to be loaded from a directory. (It is similar to
1708 ExtensionImages=, but takes paths to directories, instead of
1709 disk image files.)
1710
1711 'portablectl attach --extension=' now also accepts directory paths.
1712
1713 * The user.delegate and user.invocation_id extended attributes on
1714 cgroups are used in addition to trusted.delegate and
1715 trusted.invocation_id. The latter pair requires privileges to set,
1716 but the former doesn't and can be also set by the unprivileged user
1717 manager.
1718
1719 (Only supported on kernels ≥5.6.)
1720
1721 * Units that were killed by systemd-oomd will now have a service result
1722 of 'oom-kill'. The number of times a service was killed is tallied
1723 in the 'user.oomd_ooms' extended attribute.
1724
1725 The OOMPolicy= unit file setting is now also honoured by
1726 systemd-oomd.
1727
1728 * In unit files the new %y/%Y specifiers can be used to refer to
1729 normalized unit file path, which is particularly useful for symlinked
1730 unit files.
1731
1732 The new %q specifier resolves to the pretty hostname
1733 (i.e. PRETTY_HOSTNAME= from /etc/machine-info).
1734
1735 The new %d specifier resolves to the credentials directory of a
1736 service (same as $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY).
1737
1738 * The RootDirectory=, MountAPIVFS=, ExtensionDirectories=,
1739 *Capabilities*=, ProtectHome=, *Directory=, TemporaryFileSystem=,
1740 PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=, NetworkNamespacePath=,
1741 PrivateIPC=, IPCNamespacePath=, PrivateUsers=, ProtectClock=,
1742 ProtectKernelTunables=, ProtectKernelModules=, ProtectKernelLogs=,
1743 MountFlags= service settings now also work in unprivileged user
1744 services, i.e. those run by the user's --user service manager, as long
1745 as user namespaces are enabled on the system.
1746
1747 * Services with Restart=always and a failing ExecCondition= will no
1748 longer be restarted, to bring ExecCondition= behaviour in line with
1749 Condition*= settings.
1750
1751 * LoadCredential= now accepts a directory as the argument; all files
1752 from the directory will be loaded as credentials.
1753
1754 * A new D-Bus property ControlGroupId is now exposed on service units,
1755 that encapsulates the service's numeric cgroup ID that newer kernels
1756 assign to each cgroup.
1757
1758 * PID 1 gained support for configuring the "pre-timeout" of watchdog
1759 devices and the associated governor, via the new
1760 RuntimeWatchdogPreSec= and RuntimeWatchdogPreGovernor= configuration
1761 options in /etc/systemd/system.conf.
1762
1763 * systemctl's --timestamp= option gained a new choice "unix", to show
1764 timestamp as unix times, i.e. seconds since 1970, Jan 1st.
1765
1766 * A new "taint" flag named "old-kernel" is introduced which is set when
1767 the kernel systemd runs on is older then the current baseline version
1768 (see above). The flag is shown in "systemctl status" output.
1769
1770 * Two additional taint flags "short-uid-range" and "short-gid-range"
1771 have been added as well, which are set when systemd notices it is run
1772 within a userns namespace that does not define the full 0…65535 UID
1773 range
1774
1775 * A new "unmerged-usr" taint flag has been added that is set whenever
1776 running on systems where /bin/ + /sbin/ are *not* symlinks to their
1777 counterparts in /usr/, i.e. on systems where the /usr/-merge has not
1778 been completed.
1779
1780 * Generators invoked by PID 1 will now have a couple of useful
1781 environment variables set describing the execution context a
1782 bit. $SYSTEMD_SCOPE encodes whether the generator is called from the
1783 system service manager, or from the per-user service
1784 manager. $SYSTEMD_IN_INITRD encodes whether the generator is invoked
1785 in initrd context or on the host. $SYSTEMD_FIRST_BOOT encodes whether
1786 systemd considers the current boot to be a "first"
1787 boot. $SYSTEMD_VIRTUALIZATION encode whether virtualization is
1788 detected and which type of hypervisor/container
1789 manager. $SYSTEMD_ARCHITECTURE indicates which architecture the
1790 kernel is built for.
1791
1792 * PID 1 will now automatically pick up system credentials from qemu's
1793 fw_cfg interface, thus allowing passing arbitrary data into VM
1794 systems similar to how this is already supported for passing them
1795 into `systemd-nspawn` containers. Credentials may now also be passed
1796 in via the new kernel command line option `systemd.set_credential=`
1797 (note that kernel command line options are world-readable during
1798 runtime, and only useful for credentials that require no
1799 confidentiality). The credentials that can be passed to unified
1800 kernels that use the `systemd-stub` UEFI stub are now similarly
1801 picked up automatically. Automatic importing of system credentials
1802 this way can be turned off via the new
1803 `systemd.import_credentials=no` kernel command line option.
1804
1805 * LoadCredential= will now automatically look for credentials in the
1806 /etc/credstore/, /run/credstore/, /usr/lib/credstore/ directories if
1807 the argument is not an absolute path. Similarly,
1808 LoadCredentialEncrypted= will check the same directories plus
1809 /etc/credstore.encrypted/, /run/credstore.encrypted/ and
1810 /usr/lib/credstore.encrypted/. The idea is to use those directories
1811 as the system-wide location for credentials that services should pick
1812 up automatically.
1813
1814 * System and service credentials are described in great detail in a new
1815 document:
1816
1817 https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS
1818
1819 Changes in systemd-journald:
1820
1821 * The journal JSON export format has been added to listed of stable
1822 interfaces (https://systemd.io/PORTABILITY_AND_STABILITY/).
1823
1824 * journalctl --list-boots now supports JSON output and the --reverse option.
1825
1826 * Under docs/: JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS was imported from the wiki and
1827 updated, BUILDING_IMAGES is new:
1828
1829 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS
1830 https://systemd.io/BUILDING_IMAGES
1831
1832 Changes in udev:
1833
1834 * Two new hwdb files have been added. One lists "handhelds" (PDAs,
1835 calculators, etc.), the other AV production devices (DJ tables,
1836 keypads, etc.) that should accessible to the seat owner user by
1837 default.
1838
1839 * udevadm trigger gained a new --prioritized-subsystem= option to
1840 process certain subsystems (and all their parent devices) earlier.
1841
1842 systemd-udev-trigger.service now uses this new option to trigger
1843 block and TPM devices first, hopefully making the boot a bit faster.
1844
1845 * udevadm trigger now implements --type=all, --initialized-match,
1846 --initialized-nomatch to trigger both subsystems and devices, only
1847 already-initialized devices, and only devices which haven't been
1848 initialized yet, respectively.
1849
1850 * udevadm gained a new "wait" command for safely waiting for a specific
1851 device to show up in the udev device database. This is useful in
1852 scripts that asynchronously allocate a block device (e.g. through
1853 repartitioning, or allocating a loopback device or similar) and need
1854 to synchronize on the creation to complete.
1855
1856 * udevadm gained a new "lock" command for locking one or more block
1857 devices while formatting it or writing a partition table to it. It is
1858 an implementation of https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING and
1859 usable in scripts dealing with block devices.
1860
1861 * udevadm info will show a couple of additional device fields in its
1862 output, and will not apply a limited set of coloring to line types.
1863
1864 * udevadm info --tree will now show a tree of objects (i.e. devices and
1865 suchlike) in the /sys/ hierarchy.
1866
1867 * Block devices will now get a new set of device symlinks in
1868 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<nr>, which may be used to reference block
1869 device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Note that this does
1870 not guarantee that opening a device by a symlink like this will
1871 guarantee that the opened device actually matches the specified
1872 diskseq value. To be safe against races, the actual diskseq value of
1873 the opened device (BLKGETDISKSEQ ioctl()) must still be compred with
1874 the one in the symlink path.
1875
1876 * .link files gained support for setting MDI/MID-X on a link.
1877
1878 * .link files gained support for [Match] Firmware= setting to match on
1879 the device firmware description string. By mistake, it was previously
1880 only supported in .network files.
1881
1882 * .link files gained support for [Link] SR-IOVVirtualFunctions= setting
1883 and [SR-IOV] section to configure SR-IOV virtual functions.
1884
1885 Changes in systemd-networkd:
1886
1887 * The default scope for unicast routes configured through [Route]
1888 section is changed to "link", to make the behavior consistent with
1889 "ip route" command. The manual configuration of [Route] Scope= is
1890 still honored.
1891
1892 * A new unit systemd-networkd-wait-online@<interface>.service has been
1893 added that can be used to wait for a specific network interface to be
1894 up.
1895
1896 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Bridge] Isolated=true|false setting
1897 that configures the eponymous kernel attribute on the bridge.
1898
1899 * .netdev files now can be used to create virtual WLAN devices, and
1900 configure various settings on them, via the [WLAN] section.
1901
1902 * .link/.network files gained support for [Match] Kind= setting to match
1903 on device kind ("bond", "bridge", "gre", "tun", "veth", etc.)
1904
1905 This value is also shown by 'networkctl status'.
1906
1907 * The Local= setting in .netdev files for various virtual network
1908 devices gained support for specifying, in addition to the network
1909 address, the name of a local interface which must have the specified
1910 address.
1911
1912 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Tunnel] External= setting in .netdev
1913 files, to configure tunnels in external mode (a.k.a. collect metadata
1914 mode).
1915
1916 * [Network] L2TP= setting was removed. Please use interface specifier in
1917 Local= setting in .netdev files of corresponding L2TP interface.
1918
1919 * New [DHCPServer] BootServerName=, BootServerAddress=, and
1920 BootFilename= settings can be used to configure the server address,
1921 server name, and file name sent in the DHCP packet (e.g. to configure
1922 PXE boot).
1923
1924 Changes in systemd-resolved:
1925
1926 * systemd-resolved is started earlier (in sysinit.target), so it
1927 available earlier and will also be started in the initrd if installed
1928 there.
1929
1930 Changes in disk encryption:
1931
1932 * systemd-cryptenroll can now control whether to require the user to
1933 enter a PIN when using TPM-based unlocking of a volume via the new
1934 --tpm2-with-pin= option.
1935
1936 Option tpm2-pin= can be used in /etc/crypttab.
1937
1938 * When unlocking devices via TPM, TPM2 parameter encryption is now
1939 used, to ensure that communication between CPU and discrete TPM chips
1940 cannot be eavesdropped to acquire disk encryption keys.
1941
1942 * A new switch --fido2-credential-algorithm= has been added to
1943 systemd-cryptenroll allowing selection of the credential algorithm to
1944 use when binding encryption to FIDO2 tokens.
1945
1946 Changes in systemd-hostnamed:
1947
1948 * HARDWARE_VENDOR= and HARDWARE_MODEL= can be set in /etc/machine-info
1949 to override the values gleaned from the hwdb.
1950
1951 * A ID_CHASSIS property can be set in the hwdb (for the DMI device
1952 /sys/class/dmi/id) to override the chassis that is reported by
1953 hostnamed.
1954
1955 * hostnamed's D-Bus interface gained a new method GetHardwareSerial()
1956 for reading the hardware serial number, as reportd by DMI. It also
1957 exposes a new method D-Bus property FirmwareVersion that encode the
1958 firmware version of the system.
1959
1960 Changes in other components:
1961
1962 * /etc/locale.conf is now populated through tmpfiles.d factory /etc/
1963 handling with the values that were configured during systemd build
1964 (if /etc/locale.conf has not been created through some other
1965 mechanism). This means that /etc/locale.conf should always have
1966 reasonable contents and we avoid a potential mismatch in defaults.
1967
1968 * The userdbctl tool will now show UID range information as part of the
1969 list of known users.
1970
1971 * A new build-time configuration setting default-user-shell= can be
1972 used to set the default shell for user records and nspawn shell
1973 invocations (instead of the default /bin/bash).
1974
1975 * systemd-timesyncd now provides a D-Bus API for receiving NTP server
1976 information dynamically at runtime via IPC.
1977
1978 * The systemd-creds tool gained a new "has-tpm2" verb, which reports
1979 whether a functioning TPM2 infrastructure is available, i.e. if
1980 firmware, kernel driver and systemd all have TPM2 support enabled and
1981 a device found.
1982
1983 * The systemd-creds tool gained support for generating encrypted
1984 credentials that are using an empty encryption key. While this
1985 provides no integrity nor confidentiality it's useful to implement
1986 codeflows that work the same on TPM-ful and TPM2-less systems. The
1987 service manager will only accept credentials "encrypted" that way if
1988 a TPM2 device cannot be detected, to ensure that credentials
1989 "encrypted" like that cannot be used to trick TPM2 systems.
1990
1991 * When deciding whether to colorize output, all systemd programs now
1992 also check $COLORTERM (in addition to $NO_COLOR, $SYSTEMD_COLORS, and
1993 $TERM).
1994
1995 * Meson's new install_tag feature is now in use for several components,
1996 allowing to build and install select binaries only: pam, nss, devel
1997 (pkg-config files), systemd-boot, libsystemd, libudev. Example:
1998 $ meson build systemd-boot
1999 $ meson install --tags systemd-boot --no-rebuild
2000 https://mesonbuild.com/Installing.html#installation-tags
2001
2002 * A new build configuration option has been added, to allow selecting the
2003 default compression algorithm used by systemd-journald and systemd-coredump.
2004 This allows to build-in support for decompressing all supported formats,
2005 but choose a specific one for compression. E.g.:
2006 $ meson -Ddefault-compression=xz
2007
2008 Experimental features:
2009
2010 * sd-boot gained a new *experimental* setting "reboot-for-bitlocker" in
2011 loader.conf that implements booting Microsoft Windows from the
2012 sd-boot in a way that first reboots the system, to reset the TPM
2013 PCRs. This improves compatibility with BitLocker's TPM use, as the
2014 PCRs will only record the Windows boot process, and not sd-boot
2015 itself, thus retaining the PCR measurements not involving sd-boot.
2016 Note that this feature is experimental for now, and is likely going
2017 to be generalized and renamed in a future release, without retaining
2018 compatibility with the current implementation.
2019
2020 * A new systemd-sysupdate component has been added that automatically
2021 discovers, downloads, and installs A/B-style updates for the host
2022 installation itself, or container images, portable service images,
2023 and other assets. See the new systemd-sysupdate man page for updates.
2024
2025 Contributions from: 4piu, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Albert Brox,
2026 AlexCatze, Alex Henrie, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alice S,
2027 Alvin Šipraga, amarjargal, Amarjargal, Andrea Pappacoda,
2028 Andreas Rammhold, Andy Chi, Anita Zhang, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
2029 Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis, ash, Bastien Nocera, Be,
2030 bearhoney, Ben Efros, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Franzke,
2031 Brett Holman, Christian Brauner, Clyde Byrd III, Curtis Klein,
2032 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Danilo Krummrich,
2033 David, David Bond, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, davijosw,
2034 dependabot[bot], Donald Chan, Dorian Clay, Eduard Tolosa,
2035 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2036 Federico Ceratto, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaël PORTAY,
2037 Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Gibeom Gwon, Goffredo Baroncelli,
2038 Grigori Goronzy, Hans de Goede, Heiko Becker, Hugo Carvalho,
2039 Jakob Lell, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
2040 Joan Bruguera, Joerie de Gram, Josh Triplett, Julia Kartseva,
2041 Kazuo Moriwaka, Khem Raj, ksa678491784, Lance, Lan Tian,
2042 Laura Barcziova, Lennart Poettering, Leviticoh, licunlong,
2043 Lidong Zhong, lincoln auster, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
2044 Luca BRUNO, lucagoc, Ludwig Nussel, Marcel Hellwig, march1993,
2045 Marco Scardovi, Mario Limonciello, Mariusz Tkaczyk,
2046 Markus Weippert, Martin, Martin Liska, Martin Wilck, Matija Skala,
2047 Matthew Blythe, Matthias Lisin, Matthijs van Duin, Matt Walton,
2048 Max Gautier, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal Koutný,
2049 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, MkfsSion, Morten Linderud,
2050 Nick Rosbrook, Nikolai Grigoriev, Nikolai Kostrigin,
2051 Nishal Kulkarni, Noel Kuntze, Pablo Ceballos, Peter Hutterer,
2052 Peter Morrow, Pigmy-penguin, Piotr Drąg, prumian, Richard Neill,
2053 Rike-Benjamin Schuppner, rodin-ia, Romain Naour, Ruben Kerkhof,
2054 Ryan Hendrickson, Santa Wiryaman, Sebastian Pucilowski, Seth Falco,
2055 Simon Ellmann, Sonali Srivastava, Stefan Seering,
2056 Stephen Hemminger, tawefogo, techtino, Temuri Doghonadze,
2057 Thomas Batten, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tobias Stoeckmann,
2058 Tomasz Pala, Tyson Whitehead, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
2059 Vivien Didelot, w30023233, wangyuhang, Weblate, Xiaotian Wu,
2060 yangmingtai, YmrDtnJu, Yonathan Randolph, Yutsuten, Yu Watanabe,
2061 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб
2062
2063 — Edinburgh, 2022-05-21
2064
2065 CHANGES WITH 250:
2066
2067 * Support for encrypted and authenticated credentials has been added.
2068 This extends the credential logic introduced with v247 to support
2069 non-interactive symmetric encryption and authentication, based on a
2070 key that is stored on the /var/ file system or in the TPM2 chip (if
2071 available), or the combination of both (by default if a TPM2 chip
2072 exists the combination is used, otherwise the /var/ key only). The
2073 credentials are automatically decrypted at the moment a service is
2074 started, and are made accessible to the service itself in unencrypted
2075 form. A new tool 'systemd-creds' encrypts credentials for this
2076 purpose, and two new service file settings LoadCredentialEncrypted=
2077 and SetCredentialEncrypted= configure such credentials.
2078
2079 This feature is useful to store sensitive material such as SSL
2080 certificates, passwords and similar securely at rest and only decrypt
2081 them when needed, and in a way that is tied to the local OS
2082 installation or hardware.
2083
2084 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator can now automatically set up discoverable
2085 LUKS2 encrypted swap partitions.
2086
2087 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specification has been substantially
2088 extended with support for root and /usr/ partitions for the majority
2089 of architectures systemd supports. This includes platforms that do
2090 not natively support UEFI, because even though GPT is specified under
2091 UEFI umbrella, it is useful on other systems too. Specifically,
2092 systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-gpt-auto-generator and
2093 Portable Services use the concept without requiring UEFI.
2094
2095 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specifications has been extended with
2096 a new set of partitions that may carry PKCS#7 signatures for Verity
2097 partitions, encoded in a simple JSON format. This implements a simple
2098 mechanism for building disk images that are fully authenticated and
2099 can be tested against a set of cryptographic certificates. This is
2100 now implemented for the various systemd tools that can operate with
2101 disk images, such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-dissect,
2102 Portable services/RootImage=, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysusers.
2103 The PKCS#7 signatures are passed to the kernel (where they are
2104 checked against certificates from the kernel keyring), or can be
2105 verified against certificates provided in userspace (via a simple
2106 drop-in file mechanism).
2107
2108 * systemd-dissect's inspection logic will now report for which uses a
2109 disk image is intended. Specifically, it will display whether an
2110 image is suitable for booting on UEFI or in a container (using
2111 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch), whether it can be used as portable
2112 service, or attached as system extension.
2113
2114 * The system-extension.d/ drop-in files now support a new field
2115 SYSEXT_SCOPE= that may encode which purpose a system extension image
2116 is for: one of "initrd", "system" or "portable". This is useful to
2117 make images more self-descriptive, and to ensure system extensions
2118 cannot be attached in the wrong contexts.
2119
2120 * The os-release file learnt a new PORTABLE_PREFIXES= field which may
2121 be used in portable service images to indicate which unit prefixes
2122 are supported.
2123
2124 * The GPT image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn/systemd-dissect/…
2125 now is able to decode images for non-native architectures as well.
2126 This allows systemd-nspawn to boot images of non-native architectures
2127 if the corresponding user mode emulator is installed and
2128 systemd-binfmtd is running.
2129
2130 * systemd-logind gained new settings HandlePowerKeyLongPress=,
2131 HandleRebootKeyLongPress=, HandleSuspendKeyLongPress= and
2132 HandleHibernateKeyLongPress= which may be used to configure actions
2133 when the relevant keys are pressed for more than 5s. This is useful
2134 on devices that only have hardware for a subset of these keys. By
2135 default, if the reboot key is pressed long the poweroff operation is
2136 now triggered, and when the suspend key is pressed long the hibernate
2137 operation is triggered. Long pressing the other two keys currently
2138 does not trigger any operation by default.
2139
2140 * When showing unit status updates on the console during boot and
2141 shutdown, and a service is slow to start so that the cylon animation
2142 is shown, the most recent sd_notify() STATUS= text is now shown as
2143 well. Services may use this to make the boot/shutdown output easier
2144 to understand, and to indicate what precisely a service that is slow
2145 to start or stop is waiting for. In particular, the per-user service
2146 manager instance now reports what it is doing and which service it is
2147 waiting for this way to the system service manager.
2148
2149 * The service manager will now re-execute on reception of the
2150 SIGRTMIN+25 signal. It previously already did that on SIGTERM — but
2151 only when running as PID 1. There was no signal to request this when
2152 running as per-user service manager, i.e. as any other PID than 1.
2153 SIGRTMIN+25 works for both system and user managers.
2154
2155 * The hardware watchdog logic in PID 1 gained support for operating
2156 with the default timeout configured in the hardware, instead of
2157 insisting on re-configuring it. Set RuntimeWatchdogSec=default to
2158 request this behavior.
2159
2160 * A new kernel command line option systemd.watchdog_sec= is now
2161 understood which may be used to override the hardware watchdog
2162 time-out for the boot.
2163
2164 * A new setting DefaultOOMScoreAdjust= is now supported in
2165 /etc/systemd/system.conf and /etc/systemd/user.conf. It may be used
2166 to set the default process OOM score adjustment value for processes
2167 started by the service manager. For per-user service managers this
2168 now defaults to 100, but for per-system service managers is left as
2169 is. This means that by default now services forked off the user
2170 service manager are more likely to be killed by the OOM killer than
2171 system services or the managers themselves.
2172
2173 * A new per-service setting RestrictFileSystems= as been added that
2174 restricts the file systems a service has access to by their type.
2175 This is based on the new BPF LSM of the Linux kernel. It provides an
2176 effective way to make certain API file systems unavailable to
2177 services (and thus minimizing attack surface). A new command
2178 "systemd-analyze filesystems" has been added that lists all known
2179 file system types (and how they are grouped together under useful
2180 group handles).
2181
2182 * Services now support a new setting RestrictNetworkInterfaces= for
2183 restricting access to specific network interfaces.
2184
2185 * Service unit files gained new settings StartupAllowedCPUs= and
2186 StartupAllowedMemoryNodes=. These are similar to their counterparts
2187 without the "Startup" prefix and apply during the boot process
2188 only. This is useful to improve boot-time behavior of the system and
2189 assign resources differently during boot than during regular
2190 runtime. This is similar to the preexisting StartupCPUWeight=
2191 vs. CPUWeight.
2192
2193 * Related to this: the various StartupXYZ= settings
2194 (i.e. StartupCPUWeight=, StartupAllowedCPUs=, …) are now also applied
2195 during shutdown. The settings not prefixed with "Startup" hence apply
2196 during regular runtime, and those that are prefixed like that apply
2197 during boot and shutdown.
2198
2199 * A new per-unit set of conditions/asserts
2200 [Condition|Assert][Memory|CPU|IO]Pressure= have been added to make a
2201 unit skip/fail activation if the system's (or a slice's) memory/cpu/io
2202 pressure is above the configured threshold, using the kernel PSI
2203 feature. For more details see systemd.unit(5) and
2204 https://docs.kernel.org/accounting/psi.html
2205
2206 * The combination of ProcSubset=pid and ProtectKernelTunables=yes and/or
2207 ProtectKernelLogs=yes can now be used.
2208
2209 * The default maximum numbers of inodes have been raised from 64k to 1M
2210 for /dev/, and from 400k to 1M for /tmp/.
2211
2212 * The per-user service manager learnt support for communicating with
2213 systemd-oomd to acquire OOM kill information.
2214
2215 * A new service setting ExecSearchPath= has been added that allows
2216 changing the search path for executables for services. It affects
2217 where we look for the binaries specified in ExecStart= and similar,
2218 and the specified directories are also added the $PATH environment
2219 variable passed to invoked processes.
2220
2221 * A new setting RuntimeRandomizedExtraSec= has been added for service
2222 and scope units that allows extending the runtime time-out as
2223 configured by RuntimeMaxSec= with a randomized amount.
2224
2225 * The syntax of the service unit settings RuntimeDirectory=,
2226 StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, LogsDirectory= has been extended:
2227 if the specified value is now suffixed with a colon, followed by
2228 another filename, the latter will be created as symbolic link to the
2229 specified directory. This allows creating these service directories
2230 together with alias symlinks to make them available under multiple
2231 names.
2232
2233 * Service unit files gained two new settings TTYRows=/TTYColumns= for
2234 configuring rows/columns of the TTY device passed to
2235 stdin/stdout/stderr of the service. This is useful to propagate TTY
2236 dimensions to a virtual machine.
2237
2238 * A new service unit file setting ExitType= has been added that
2239 specifies when to assume a service has exited. By default systemd
2240 only watches the main process of a service. By setting
2241 ExitType=cgroup it can be told to wait for the last process in a
2242 cgroup instead.
2243
2244 * Automount unit files gained a new setting ExtraOptions= that can be
2245 used to configure additional mount options to pass to the kernel when
2246 mounting the autofs instance.
2247
2248 * "Urlification" (generation of ESC sequences that generate clickable
2249 hyperlinks in modern terminals) may now be turned off altogether
2250 during build-time.
2251
2252 * Path units gained new TriggerLimitBurst= and TriggerLimitIntervalSec=
2253 settings that default to 200 and 2 s respectively. The ratelimit
2254 ensures that a path unit cannot cause PID1 to busy-loop when it is
2255 trying to trigger a service that is skipped because of a Condition*=
2256 not being satisfied. This matches the configuration and behaviour of
2257 socket units.
2258
2259 * The TPM2/FIDO2/PKCS11 support in systemd-cryptsetup is now also built
2260 as a plug-in for cryptsetup. This means the plain cryptsetup command
2261 may now be used to unlock volumes set up this way.
2262
2263 * The TPM2 logic in cryptsetup will now automatically detect systems
2264 where the TPM2 chip advertises SHA256 PCR banks but the firmware only
2265 updates the SHA1 banks. In such a case PCR policies will be
2266 automatically bound to the latter, not the former. This makes the PCR
2267 policies reliable, but of course do not provide the same level of
2268 trust as SHA256 banks.
2269
2270 * The TPM2 logic in systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptsetup now supports
2271 RSA primary keys in addition to ECC, improving compatibility with
2272 TPM2 chips that do not support ECC. RSA keys are much slower to use
2273 than ECC, and hence are only used if ECC is not available.
2274
2275 * /etc/crypttab gained support for a new token-timeout= setting for
2276 encrypted volumes that allows configuration of the maximum time to
2277 wait for PKCS#11/FIDO2 tokens to be plugged in. If the time elapses
2278 the logic will query the user for a regular passphrase/recovery key
2279 instead.
2280
2281 * Support for activating dm-integrity volumes at boot via a new file
2282 /etc/integritytab and the tool systemd-integritysetup have been
2283 added. This is similar to /etc/crypttab and /etc/veritytab, but deals
2284 with dm-integrity instead of dm-crypt/dm-verity.
2285
2286 * The systemd-veritysetup-generator now understands a new usrhash=
2287 kernel command line option for specifying the Verity root hash for
2288 the partition backing the /usr/ file system. A matching set of
2289 systemd.verity_usr_* kernel command line options has been added as
2290 well. These all work similar to the corresponding options for the
2291 root partition.
2292
2293 * The sd-device API gained a new API call sd_device_get_diskseq() to
2294 return the DISKSEQ property of a device structure. The "disk
2295 sequence" concept is a new feature recently introduced to the Linux
2296 kernel that allows detecting reuse cycles of block devices, i.e. can
2297 be used to recognize when loopback block devices are reused for a
2298 different purpose or CD-ROM drives get their media changed.
2299
2300 * A new unit systemd-boot-update.service has been added. If enabled
2301 (the default) and the sd-boot loader is detected to be installed, it
2302 is automatically updated to the newest version when out of date. This
2303 is useful to ensure the boot loader remains up-to-date, and updates
2304 automatically propagate from the OS tree in /usr/.
2305
2306 * sd-boot will now build with SBAT by default in order to facilitate
2307 working with recent versions of Shim that require it to be present.
2308
2309 * sd-boot can now parse Microsoft Windows' Boot Configuration Data.
2310 This is used to robustly generate boot entry titles for Windows.
2311
2312 * A new generic target unit factory-reset.target has been added. It is
2313 hooked into systemd-logind similar in fashion to
2314 reboot/poweroff/suspend/hibernate, and is supposed to be used to
2315 initiate a factory reset operation. What precisely this operation
2316 entails is up for the implementer to decide, the primary goal of the
2317 new unit is provide a framework where to plug in the implementation
2318 and how to trigger it.
2319
2320 * A new meson build-time option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' has been
2321 added which takes a time in µs and defaults to 15 years. If the RTC
2322 time is noticed to be more than the specified time ahead of the
2323 built-in epoch of systemd (which by default is the release timestamp
2324 of systemd) it is assumed that the RTC is not working correctly, and
2325 the RTC is reset to the epoch. (It already is reset to the epoch when
2326 noticed to be before it.) This should increase the chance that time
2327 doesn't accidentally jump too far ahead due to faulty hardware or
2328 batteries.
2329
2330 * A new setting SaveIntervalSec= has been added to systemd-timesyncd,
2331 which may be used to automatically save the current system time to
2332 disk in regular intervals. This is useful to maintain a roughly
2333 monotonic clock even without RTC hardware and with some robustness
2334 against abnormal system shutdown.
2335
2336 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for a pair of new --image= +
2337 --root= switches for verifying units below a specific root
2338 directory/image instead of on the host.
2339
2340 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for verifying unit files under
2341 an explicitly specified unit name, independently of what the filename
2342 actually is.
2343
2344 * systemd-analyze verify gained a new switch --recursive-errors= which
2345 controls whether to only fail on errors found in the specified units
2346 or recursively any dependent units.
2347
2348 * systemd-analyze security now supports a new --offline mode for
2349 analyzing unit files stored on disk instead of loaded units. It may
2350 be combined with --root=/--image to analyze unit files under a root
2351 directory or disk image. It also learnt a new --threshold= parameter
2352 for specifying an exposure level threshold: if the exposure level
2353 exceeds the specified value the call will fail. It also gained a new
2354 --security-policy= switch for configuring security policies to
2355 enforce on the units. A policy is a JSON file that lists which tests
2356 shall be weighted how much to determine the overall exposure
2357 level. Altogether these new features are useful for fully automatic
2358 analysis and enforcement of security policies on unit files.
2359
2360 * systemd-analyze security gain a new --json= switch for JSON output.
2361
2362 * systemd-analyze learnt a new --quiet switch for reducing
2363 non-essential output. It's honored by the "dot", "syscall-filter",
2364 "filesystems" commands.
2365
2366 * systemd-analyze security gained a --profile= option that can be used
2367 to take into account a portable profile when analyzing portable
2368 services, since a lot of the security-related settings are enabled
2369 through them.
2370
2371 * systemd-analyze learnt a new inspect-elf verb that parses ELF core
2372 files, binaries and executables and prints metadata information,
2373 including the build-id and other info described on:
2374 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/
2375
2376 * .network files gained a new UplinkInterface= in the [IPv6SendRA]
2377 section, for automatically propagating DNS settings from other
2378 interfaces.
2379
2380 * The static lease DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd may now serve
2381 IP addresses outside of the configured IP pool range for the server.
2382
2383 * CAN support in systemd-networkd gained four new settings Loopback=,
2384 OneShot=, PresumeAck=, ClassicDataLengthCode= for tweaking CAN
2385 control modes. It gained a number of further settings for tweaking
2386 CAN timing quanta.
2387
2388 * The [CAN] section in .network file gained new TimeQuantaNSec=,
2389 PropagationSegment=, PhaseBufferSegment1=, PhaseBufferSegment2=,
2390 SyncJumpWidth=, DataTimeQuantaNSec=, DataPropagationSegment=,
2391 DataPhaseBufferSegment1=, DataPhaseBufferSegment2=, and
2392 DataSyncJumpWidth= settings to control bit-timing processed by the
2393 CAN interface.
2394
2395 * DHCPv4 client support in systemd-networkd learnt a new Label= option
2396 for configuring the address label to apply to configure IPv4
2397 addresses.
2398
2399 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files gained support for a new
2400 UseMTU= setting that may be used to control whether to apply the
2401 announced MTU settings to the local interface.
2402
2403 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained a new Use6RD= boolean
2404 setting to control whether the DHCPv4 client request and process the
2405 DHCP 6RD option.
2406
2407 * The [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section in .network file is renamed to
2408 [DHCPPrefixDelegation], as now the prefix delegation is also supported
2409 with DHCPv4 protocol by enabling the Use6RD= setting.
2410
2411 * The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section in .network file gained a new
2412 setting UplinkInterface= to specify the upstream interface.
2413
2414 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained a new setting
2415 UseDelegatedPrefix= to control whether the delegated prefixes will be
2416 propagated to the downstream interfaces.
2417
2418 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files now understands two new
2419 settings UseGateway=/UseRoutePrefix= for explicitly configuring
2420 whether to use the relevant fields from the IPv6 Router Advertisement
2421 records.
2422
2423 * The ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= setting in the [DHCPv6] section
2424 has been removed. Please use the WithoutRA= and UseDelegatedPrefix=
2425 settings in the [DHCPv6] section and the DHCPv6Client= setting in the
2426 [IPv6AcceptRA] section to control when the DHCPv6 client is started
2427 and how the delegated prefixes are handled by the DHCPv6 client.
2428
2429 * The IPv6Token= section in the [Network] section is deprecated, and
2430 the [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained the Token= setting for its
2431 replacement. The [IPv6Prefix] section also gained the Token= setting.
2432 The Token= setting gained 'eui64' mode to explicitly configure an
2433 address with the EUI64 algorithm based on the interface MAC address.
2434 The 'prefixstable' mode can now optionally take a secret key. The
2435 Token= setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section now supports all
2436 algorithms supported by the same settings in the other sections.
2437
2438 * The [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network file gained a new
2439 SuppressInterfaceGroup= setting.
2440
2441 * The IgnoreCarrierLoss= setting in the [Network] section of .network
2442 files now allows a duration to be specified, controlling how long to
2443 wait before reacting to carrier loss.
2444
2445 * The [DHCPServer] section of .network file gained a new Router=
2446 setting to specify the router address.
2447
2448 * The [CAKE] section of .network files gained various new settings
2449 AutoRateIngress=, CompensationMode=, FlowIsolationMode=, NAT=,
2450 MPUBytes=, PriorityQueueingPreset=, FirewallMark=, Wash=, SplitGSO=,
2451 and UseRawPacketSize= for configuring CAKE.
2452
2453 * systemd-networkd now ships with new default .network files:
2454 80-container-vb.network which matches host-side network bridge device
2455 created by systemd-nspawn's --network-bridge or --network-zone
2456 switch, and 80-6rd-tunnel.network which matches automatically created
2457 sit tunnel with 6rd prefix when the DHCP 6RD option is received.
2458
2459 * systemd-networkd's handling of Endpoint= resolution for WireGuard
2460 interfaces has been improved.
2461
2462 * systemd-networkd will now automatically configure routes to addresses
2463 specified in AllowedIPs=. This feature can be controlled via
2464 RouteTable= and RouteMetric= settings in [WireGuard] or
2465 [WireGuardPeer] sections.
2466
2467 * systemd-networkd will now once again automatically generate persistent
2468 MAC addresses for batadv and bridge interfaces. Users can disable this
2469 by using MACAddress=none in .netdev files.
2470
2471 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support IP over InfiniBand
2472 interfaces. The Kind= setting in .netdev file accepts "ipoib". And
2473 systemd.netdev files gained the [IPoIB] section.
2474
2475 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support net.ifname-policy=
2476 option on the kernel command-line. This is implemented through the
2477 systemd-network-generator service that automatically generates
2478 appropriate .link, .network, and .netdev files.
2479
2480 * The various systemd-udevd "ethtool" buffer settings now understand
2481 the special value "max" to configure the buffers to the maximum the
2482 hardware supports.
2483
2484 * systemd-udevd's .link files may now configure a large variety of
2485 NIC coalescing settings, plus more hardware offload settings.
2486
2487 * .link files gained a new WakeOnLanPassword= setting in the [Link]
2488 section that allows to specify a WoL "SecureOn" password on hardware
2489 that supports this.
2490
2491 * systemd-nspawn's --setenv= switch now supports an additional syntax:
2492 if only a variable name is specified (i.e. without being suffixed by
2493 a '=' character and a value) the current value of the environment
2494 variable is propagated to the container. e.g. --setenv=FOO will
2495 lookup the current value of $FOO in the environment, and pass it down
2496 to the container. Similar behavior has been added to homectl's,
2497 machinectl's and systemd-run's --setenv= switch.
2498
2499 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --suppress-sync= which may be used
2500 to optionally suppress the effect of the sync()/fsync()/fdatasync()
2501 system calls for the container payload. This is useful for build
2502 system environments where safety against abnormal system shutdown is
2503 not essential as all build artifacts can be regenerated any time, but
2504 the performance win is beneficial.
2505
2506 * systemd-nspawn will now raise the RLIMIT_NOFILE hard limit to the
2507 same value that PID 1 uses for most forked off processes.
2508
2509 * systemd-nspawn's --bind=/--bind-ro= switches now optionally take
2510 uidmap/nouidmap options as last parameter. If "uidmap" is used the
2511 bind mounts are created with UID mapping taking place that ensures
2512 the host's file ownerships are mapped 1:1 to container file
2513 ownerships, even if user namespacing is used. This way
2514 files/directories bound into containers will no longer show up as
2515 owned by the nobody user as they typically did if no special care was
2516 taken to shift them manually.
2517
2518 * When discovering Windows installations sd-boot will now attempt to
2519 show the Windows version.
2520
2521 * The color scheme to use in sd-boot may now be configured at
2522 build-time.
2523
2524 * sd-boot gained the ability to change screen resolution during
2525 boot-time, by hitting the "r" key. This will cycle through available
2526 resolutions and save the last selection.
2527
2528 * sd-boot learnt a new hotkey "f". When pressed the system will enter
2529 firmware setup. This is useful in environments where it is difficult
2530 to hit the right keys early enough to enter the firmware, and works
2531 on any firmware regardless which key it natively uses.
2532
2533 * sd-boot gained support for automatically booting into the menu item
2534 selected on the last boot (using the "@saved" identifier for menu
2535 items).
2536
2537 * sd-boot gained support for automatically loading all EFI drivers
2538 placed in the /EFI/systemd/drivers/ subdirectory of the EFI System
2539 Partition (ESP). These drivers are loaded before the menu entries are
2540 loaded. This is useful e.g. to load additional file system drivers
2541 for the XBOOTLDR partition.
2542
2543 * systemd-boot will now paint the input cursor on its own instead of
2544 relying on the firmware to do so, increasing compatibility with broken
2545 firmware that doesn't make the cursor reasonably visible.
2546
2547 * sd-boot now embeds a .osrel PE section like we expect from Boot
2548 Loader Specification Type #2 Unified Kernels. This means sd-boot
2549 itself may be used in place of a Type #2 Unified Kernel. This is
2550 useful for debugging purposes as it allows chain-loading one a
2551 (development) sd-boot instance from another.
2552
2553 * sd-boot now supports a new "devicetree" field in Boot Loader
2554 Specification Type #1 entries: if configured the specified device
2555 tree file is installed before the kernel is invoked. This is useful
2556 for installing/applying new devicetree files without updating the
2557 kernel image.
2558
2559 * Similarly, sd-stub now can read devicetree data from a PE section
2560 ".dtb" and apply it before invoking the kernel.
2561
2562 * sd-stub (the EFI stub that can be glued in front of a Linux kernel)
2563 gained the ability to pick up credentials and sysext files, wrap them
2564 in a cpio archive, and pass as an additional initrd to the invoked
2565 Linux kernel, in effect placing those files in the /.extra/ directory
2566 of the initrd environment. This is useful to implement trusted initrd
2567 environments which are fully authenticated but still can be extended
2568 (via sysexts) and parameterized (via encrypted/authenticated
2569 credentials, see above).
2570
2571 Credentials can be located next to the kernel image file (credentials
2572 specific to a single boot entry), or in one of the shared directories
2573 (credentials applicable to multiple boot entries).
2574
2575 * sd-stub now comes with a full man page, that explains its feature set
2576 and how to combine a kernel image, an initrd and the stub to build a
2577 complete EFI unified kernel image, implementing Boot Loader
2578 Specification Type #2.
2579
2580 * sd-stub may now provide the initrd to the executed kernel via the
2581 LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID EFI protocol, adding compatibility for
2582 non-x86 architectures.
2583
2584 * bootctl learnt new set-timeout and set-timeout-oneshot commands that
2585 may be used to set the boot menu time-out of the boot loader (for all
2586 or just the subsequent boot).
2587
2588 * bootctl and kernel-install will now read variables
2589 KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= from /etc/machine-info and layout= from
2590 /etc/kernel/install.conf. When set, it specifies the layout to use
2591 for installation directories on the boot partition, so that tools
2592 don't need to guess it based on the already-existing directories. The
2593 only value that is defined natively is "bls", corresponding to the
2594 layout specified in
2595 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/. Plugins for
2596 kernel-install that implement a different layout can declare other
2597 values for this variable.
2598
2599 'bootctl install' will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT=bls, on the
2600 assumption that if the user installed sd-boot to the ESP, they intend
2601 to use the entry layout understood by sd-boot. It'll also write
2602 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= if it creates any directories using the ID
2603 (and it wasn't specified in the config file yet). Similarly,
2604 kernel-install will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= (if it
2605 wasn't specified in the config file yet). Effectively, those changes
2606 mean that the machine-id used for boot loader entry installation is
2607 "frozen" upon first use and becomes independent of the actual
2608 machine-id.
2609
2610 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID fixes the following problem:
2611 images created for distribution ("golden images") are built with no
2612 machine-id, so that a unique machine-id can be created on the first
2613 boot. But those images may contain boot loader entries with the
2614 machine-id used during build included in paths. Using a "frozen"
2615 value allows unambiguously identifying entries that match the
2616 specific installation, while still permitting parallel installations
2617 without conflict.
2618
2619 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT obviates the need for
2620 kernel-install to guess the installation layout. This fixes the
2621 problem where a (possibly empty) directory in the boot partition is
2622 created from a different layout causing kernel-install plugins to
2623 assume the wrong layout. A particular example of how this may happen
2624 is the grub2 package in Fedora which includes directories under /boot
2625 directly in its file list. Various other packages pull in grub2 as a
2626 dependency, so it may be installed even if unused, breaking
2627 installations that use the bls layout.
2628
2629 * bootctl and systemd-bless-boot can now be linked statically.
2630
2631 * systemd-sysext now optionally doesn't insist on extension-release.d/
2632 files being placed in the image under the image's file name. If the
2633 file system xattr user.extension-release.strict is set on the
2634 extension release file, it is accepted regardless of its name. This
2635 relaxes security restrictions a bit, as system extension may be
2636 attached under a wrong name this way.
2637
2638 * udevadm's test-builtin command learnt a new --action= switch for
2639 testing the built-in with the specified action (in place of the
2640 default 'add').
2641
2642 * udevadm info gained new switches --property=/--value for showing only
2643 specific udev properties/values instead of all.
2644
2645 * A new hwdb database has been added that contains matches for various
2646 types of signal analyzers (protocol analyzers, logic analyzers,
2647 oscilloscopes, multimeters, bench power supplies, etc.) that should
2648 be accessible to regular users.
2649
2650 * A new hwdb database entry has been added that carries information
2651 about types of cameras (regular or infrared), and in which direction
2652 they point (front or back).
2653
2654 * A new rule to allow console users access to rfkill by default has been
2655 added to hwdb.
2656
2657 * Device nodes for the Software Guard eXtension enclaves (sgx_vepc) are
2658 now also owned by the system group "sgx".
2659
2660 * A new build-time meson option "extra-net-naming-schemes=" has been
2661 added to define additional naming schemes for udev's network
2662 interface naming logic. This is useful for enterprise distributions
2663 and similar which want to pin the schemes of certain distribution
2664 releases under a specific name and previously had to patch the
2665 sources to introduce new named schemes.
2666
2667 * The predictable naming logic for network interfaces has been extended
2668 to generate stable names from Xen netfront device information.
2669
2670 * hostnamed's chassis property can now be sourced from chassis-type
2671 field encoded in devicetree (in addition to the existing DMI
2672 support).
2673
2674 * systemd-cgls now optionally displays cgroup IDs and extended
2675 attributes for each cgroup. (Controllable via the new --xattr= +
2676 --cgroup-id= switches.)
2677
2678 * coredumpctl gained a new --all switch for operating on all
2679 Journal files instead of just the local ones.
2680
2681 * systemd-coredump will now use libdw/libelf via dlopen() rather than
2682 directly linking, allowing users to easily opt-out of backtrace/metadata
2683 analysis of core files, and reduce image sizes when this is not needed.
2684
2685 * systemd-coredump will now analyze core files with libdw/libelf in a
2686 forked, sandboxed process.
2687
2688 * systemd-homed will now try to unmount an activate home area in
2689 regular intervals once the user logged out fully. Previously this was
2690 attempted exactly once but if the home directory was busy for some
2691 reason it was not tried again.
2692
2693 * systemd-homed's LUKS2 home area backend will now create a BSD file
2694 system lock on the image file while the home area is active
2695 (i.e. mounted). If a home area is found to be locked, logins are
2696 politely refused. This should improve behavior when using home areas
2697 images that are accessible via the network from multiple clients, and
2698 reduce the chance of accidental file system corruption in that case.
2699
2700 * Optionally, systemd-homed will now drop the kernel buffer cache once
2701 a user has fully logged out, configurable via the new --drop-caches=
2702 homectl switch.
2703
2704 * systemd-homed now makes use of UID mapped mounts for the home areas.
2705 If the kernel and used file system support it, files are now
2706 internally owned by the "nobody" user (i.e. the user typically used
2707 for indicating "this ownership is not mapped"), and dynamically
2708 mapped to the UID used locally on the system via the UID mapping
2709 mount logic of recent kernels. This makes migrating home areas
2710 between different systems cheaper because recursively chown()ing file
2711 system trees is no longer necessary.
2712
2713 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend now optionally supports CIFS service
2714 names with a directory suffix, in order to place home directories in
2715 a subdirectory of a CIFS share, instead of the top-level directory.
2716
2717 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend gained support for specifying additional
2718 mount options in the JSON user record (cifsExtraMountOptions field,
2719 and --cifs-extra-mount-options= homectl switch). This is for example
2720 useful for configuring mount options such as "noserverino" that some
2721 SMB3 services require (use that to run a homed home directory from a
2722 FritzBox SMB3 share this way).
2723
2724 * systemd-homed will now default to btrfs' zstd compression for home
2725 areas. This is inspired by Fedora's recent decision to switch to zstd
2726 by default.
2727
2728 * Additional mount options to use when mounting the file system of
2729 LUKS2 volumes in systemd-homed has been added. Via the
2730 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_BTRFS, $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_EXT4,
2731 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_XFS environment variables to
2732 systemd-homed or via the luksExtraMountOptions user record JSON
2733 property. (Exposed via homectl --luks-extra-mount-options)
2734
2735 * homectl's resize command now takes the special size specifications
2736 "min" and "max" to shrink/grow the home area to the minimum/maximum
2737 size possible, taking disk usage/space constraints and file system
2738 limitations into account. Resizing is now generally graceful: the
2739 logic will try to get as close to the specified size as possible, but
2740 not consider it a failure if the request couldn't be fulfilled
2741 precisely.
2742
2743 * systemd-homed gained the ability to automatically shrink home areas
2744 on logout to their minimal size and grow them again on next
2745 login. This ensures that while inactive, a home area only takes up
2746 the minimal space necessary, but once activated, it provides
2747 sufficient space for the user's needs. This behavior is only
2748 supported if btrfs is used as file system inside the home area
2749 (because only for btrfs online growing/shrinking is implemented in
2750 the kernel). This behavior is now enabled by default, but may be
2751 controlled via the new --auto-resize-mode= setting of homectl.
2752
2753 * systemd-homed gained support for automatically re-balancing free disk
2754 space among active home areas, in case the LUKS2 backends are used,
2755 and no explicit disk size was requested. This way disk space is
2756 automatically managed and home areas resized in regular intervals and
2757 manual resizing when disk space becomes scarce should not be
2758 necessary anymore. This behavior is only supported if btrfs is used
2759 within the home areas (as only then online shrinking and growing is
2760 supported), and may be configured via the new rebalanceWeight JSON
2761 user record field (as exposed via the new --rebalance-weight= homectl
2762 setting). Re-balancing is mostly automatic, but can also be requested
2763 explicitly via "homectl rebalance", which is synchronous, and thus
2764 may be used to wait until the rebalance run is complete.
2765
2766 * userdbctl gained a --json= switch for configured the JSON formatting
2767 to use when outputting user or group records.
2768
2769 * userdbctl gained a new --multiplexer= switch for explicitly
2770 configuring whether to use the systemd-userdbd server side user
2771 record resolution logic.
2772
2773 * userdbctl's ssh-authorized-keys command learnt a new --chain switch,
2774 for chaining up another command to execute after completing the
2775 look-up. Since the OpenSSH's AuthorizedKeysCommand only allows
2776 configuration of a single command to invoke, this maybe used to
2777 invoke multiple: first userdbctl's own implementation, and then any
2778 other also configured in the command line.
2779
2780 * The sd-event API gained a new function sd_event_add_inotify_fd() that
2781 is similar to sd_event_add_inotify() but accepts a file descriptor
2782 instead of a path in the file system for referencing the inode to
2783 watch.
2784
2785 * The sd-event API gained a new function
2786 sd_event_source_set_ratelimit_expire_callback() that may be used to
2787 define a callback function that is called whenever an event source
2788 leaves the rate limiting phase.
2789
2790 * New documentation has been added explaining which steps are necessary
2791 to port systemd to a new architecture:
2792
2793 https://systemd.io/PORTING_TO_NEW_ARCHITECTURES
2794
2795 * The x-systemd.makefs option in /etc/fstab now explicitly supports
2796 ext2, ext3, and f2fs file systems.
2797
2798 * Mount units and units generated from /etc/fstab entries with 'noauto'
2799 are now ordered the same as other units. Effectively, they will be
2800 started earlier (if something actually pulled them in) and stopped
2801 later, similarly to normal mount units that are part of
2802 fs-local.target. This change should be invisible to users, but
2803 should prevent those units from being stopped too early during
2804 shutdown.
2805
2806 * The systemd-getty-generator now honors a new kernel command line
2807 argument systemd.getty_auto= and a new environment variable
2808 $SYSTEMD_GETTY_AUTO that allows turning it off at boot. This is for
2809 example useful to turn off gettys inside of containers or similar
2810 environments.
2811
2812 * systemd-resolved now listens on a second DNS stub address: 127.0.0.54
2813 (in addition to 127.0.0.53, as before). If DNS requests are sent to
2814 this address they are propagated in "bypass" mode only, i.e. are
2815 almost not processed locally, but mostly forwarded as-is to the
2816 current upstream DNS servers. This provides a stable DNS server
2817 address that proxies all requests dynamically to the right upstream
2818 DNS servers even if these dynamically change. This stub does not do
2819 mDNS/LLMNR resolution. However, it will translate look-ups to
2820 DNS-over-TLS if necessary. This new stub is particularly useful in
2821 container/VM environments, or for tethering setups: use DNAT to
2822 redirect traffic to any IP address to this stub.
2823
2824 * systemd-importd now honors new environment variables
2825 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_SUBVOL, $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_QUOTA,
2826 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_SYNC, which may be used disable btrfs subvolume
2827 generation, btrfs quota setup and disk synchronization.
2828
2829 * systemd-importd and systemd-resolved can now be optionally built with
2830 OpenSSL instead of libgcrypt.
2831
2832 * systemd-repart no longer requires OpenSSL.
2833
2834 * systemd-sysusers will no longer create the redundant 'nobody' group
2835 by default, as the 'nobody' user is already created with an
2836 appropriate primary group.
2837
2838 * If a unit uses RuntimeMaxSec, systemctl show will now display it.
2839
2840 * systemctl show-environment gained support for --output=json.
2841
2842 * pam_systemd will now first try to use the X11 abstract socket, and
2843 fallback to the socket file in /tmp/.X11-unix/ only if that does not
2844 work.
2845
2846 * systemd-journald will no longer go back to volatile storage
2847 regardless of configuration when its unit is restarted.
2848
2849 * Initial support for the LoongArch architecture has been added (system
2850 call lists, GPT partition table UUIDs, etc).
2851
2852 * systemd-journald's own logging messages are now also logged to the
2853 journal itself when systemd-journald logs to /dev/kmsg.
2854
2855 * systemd-journald now re-enables COW for archived journal files on
2856 filesystems that support COW. One benefit of this change is that
2857 archived journal files will now get compressed on btrfs filesystems
2858 that have compression enabled.
2859
2860 * systemd-journald now deduplicates fields in a single log message
2861 before adding it to the journal. In archived journal files, it will
2862 also punch holes for unused parts and truncate the file as
2863 appropriate, leading to reductions in disk usage.
2864
2865 * journalctl --verify was extended with more informative error
2866 messages.
2867
2868 * More of sd-journal's functions are now resistant against journal file
2869 corruption.
2870
2871 * The shutdown command learnt a new option --show, to display the
2872 scheduled shutdown.
2873
2874 * A LICENSES/ directory is now included in the git tree. It contains a
2875 README.md file that explains the licenses used by source files in
2876 this repository. It also contains the text of all applicable
2877 licenses as they appear on spdx.org.
2878
2879 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, acsfer, Adolfo Jayme Barrientos,
2880 Adrian Vovk, Albert Brox, Alberto Mardegan, Alexander Kanavin,
2881 alexlzhu, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross,
2882 Amir Omidi, Anatol Pomozov, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Rammhold,
2883 Andreas Valder, Andrej Lajovic, Andrew Soutar, Andrew Stone, Andy Chi,
2884 Anita Zhang, Anssi Hannula, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
2885 Antony Deepak Thomas, Arnaud Ferraris, Arvid E. Picciani,
2886 Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Ben Stockett,
2887 Bogdan Seniuc, Boqun Feng, Carl Lei, chlorophyll-zz, Chris Packham,
2888 Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Wehrli,
2889 Christoph Anton Mitterer, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
2890 Daniel Maixner, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Davide Cavalca,
2891 David Seifert, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dimitri John Ledkov,
2892 Dimitri Papadopoulos, Dimitry Ishenko, Dmitry Khlebnikov,
2893 Dominique Martinet, duament, Egor, Egor Ignatov, Emil Renner Berthing,
2894 Emily Gonyer, Ettore Atalan, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink,
2895 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geass-LL, Gibeom Gwon, GnunuX,
2896 Gogo Gogsi, gregzuro, Greg Zuro, Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede,
2897 Hela Basa, Henri Chain, hikigaya58, Hugo Carvalho,
2898 Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, Iago Lopez Galeiras, Iago López Galeiras,
2899 I-dont-need-name, igo95862, Jack Dähn, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen,
2900 Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jan Palus, Jarkko Sakkinen, Jayce Fayne,
2901 jiangchuangang, jlempen, John Lindgren, Jonas Dreßler, Jonas Jelten,
2902 Jonas Witschel, Joris Hartog, José Expósito, Julia Kartseva,
2903 Kai-Heng Feng, Kai Wohlfahrt, Kay Siver Bø, KennthStailey,
2904 Kevin Kuehler, Kevin Orr, Khem Raj, Kristian Klausen, Kyle Laker,
2905 lainahai, LaserEyess, Lennart Poettering, Lia Lenckowski, longpanda,
2906 Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Lukas Senionis,
2907 Maanya Goenka, Maciek Borzecki, Marcel Menzel, Marco Scardovi,
2908 Marcus Harrison, Mark Boudreau, Matthijs van Duin, Mauricio Vásquez,
2909 Maxime de Roucy, Max Resch, MertsA, Michael Biebl, Michael Catanzaro,
2910 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Miika Karanki, Mike Gilbert,
2911 Milo Turner, ml, monosans, Nacho Barrientos, nassir90, Nishal Kulkarni,
2912 nl6720, Ondrej Kozina, Paulo Neves, Pavel Březina, pedro martelletto,
2913 Peter Hutterer, Peter Morrow, Piotr Drąg, Rasmus Villemoes, ratijas,
2914 Raul Tambre, rene, Riccardo Schirone, Robert-L-Turner, Robert Scheck,
2915 Ross Jennings, saikat0511, Scott Lamb, Scott Worley,
2916 Sergei Trofimovich, Sho Iizuka, Slava Bacherikov, Slimane Selyan Amiri,
2917 StefanBruens, Steven Siloti, svonohr, Taiki Sugawara, Takashi Sakamoto,
2918 Takuro Onoue, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas Mühlbacher,
2919 Tianlu Shao, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson,
2920 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, Urs Ritzmann, Vincent Bernat,
2921 Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev, WANG Xuerui, Wind/owZ, Wu Xiaotian,
2922 xdavidwu, Xiaotian Wu, xujing, yangmingtai, Yao Wei, Yao Wei (魏銘廷),
2923 Yegor Alexeyev, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
2924 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
2925
2926 — Warsaw, 2021-12-23
2927
2928 CHANGES WITH 249:
2929
2930 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
2931 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds
2932 no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple
2933 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
2934 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
2935 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
2936 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
2937 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
2938 a matching version identifier.
2939
2940 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
2941 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
2942 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
2943 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
2944 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
2945 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
2946 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
2947 during first boot. Example:
2948
2949 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
2950
2951 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
2952 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
2953 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
2954 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
2955 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
2956
2957 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
2958 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
2959 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
2960 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
2961 /etc/).
2962
2963 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
2964 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
2965 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
2966 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
2967
2968 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
2969 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
2970 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
2971 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
2972 systemd-sysusers tools.
2973
2974 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
2975 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
2976 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
2977 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
2978 itself.
2979
2980 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
2981 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
2982 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
2983 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
2984 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
2985 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
2986 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
2987 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
2988 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
2989 immediately, even in read-only mode.
2990
2991 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
2992 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
2993 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
2994 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
2995 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
2996
2997 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
2998 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
2999 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
3000 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
3001 subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
3002
3003 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
3004 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
3005 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
3006 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
3007 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
3008 specifiers.
3009
3010 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
3011 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
3012 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
3013 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
3014
3015 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
3016 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
3017 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
3018 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
3019 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
3020 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
3021 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
3022 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
3023 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
3024 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
3025 information, see:
3026
3027 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
3028
3029 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
3030 (IEEE 1394).
3031
3032 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
3033 backwards-incompatible changes:
3034
3035 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
3036 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
3037 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
3038 number.
3039
3040 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
3041 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
3042 where values up to 65535 are used.
3043
3044 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
3045
3046 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
3047 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming-scheme=v247" kernel
3048 command line parameter.
3049
3050 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
3051 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
3052 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
3053
3054 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
3055 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
3056 the udev device first appeared in the database.
3057
3058 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
3059 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
3060 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
3061 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
3062 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
3063 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
3064 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
3065 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
3066 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
3067 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
3068 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
3069 uevent.
3070
3071 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
3072 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
3073 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
3074 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
3075 index.
3076
3077 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
3078 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
3079 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
3080 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
3081 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
3082 for that official:
3083
3084 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
3085
3086 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
3087 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
3088 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
3089 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
3090 services into them.
3091
3092 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
3093 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
3094 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
3095 available on private domains.
3096
3097 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
3098
3099 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
3100 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
3101 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
3102
3103 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
3104 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
3105 connectivity.
3106
3107 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
3108 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
3109 consider an interface "online".
3110
3111 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
3112 information.
3113
3114 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
3115 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
3116
3117 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
3118 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
3119
3120 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
3121 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
3122 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
3123 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
3124
3125 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
3126 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
3127 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
3128 before.
3129
3130 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
3131 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
3132 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
3133 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
3134
3135 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
3136 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
3137 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
3138
3139 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
3140 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
3141 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
3142 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
3143 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
3144 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
3145 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
3146
3147 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
3148 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
3149 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
3150 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
3151 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
3152 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
3153 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
3154 compatibility.)
3155
3156 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
3157 files.
3158
3159 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
3160 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
3161 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
3162 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
3163
3164 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
3165 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
3166 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
3167 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
3168 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
3169 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
3170
3171 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
3172 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
3173 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
3174 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
3175 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
3176 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
3177 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
3178 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
3179 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
3180 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
3181 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
3182 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
3183 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
3184 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
3185 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
3186
3187 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
3188
3189 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
3190 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
3191 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
3192 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
3193 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
3194 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
3195 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
3196
3197 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
3198 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
3199 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
3200 via BPF.
3201
3202 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
3203 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
3204 check whether running on an UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
3205 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
3206
3207 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
3208 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
3209 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
3210 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
3211 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
3212 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
3213
3214 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
3215 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
3216 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
3217 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
3218 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
3219 program code that can consume JSON.
3220
3221 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
3222 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
3223
3224 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
3225 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
3226 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
3227 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
3228 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
3229 continue to be supported for compatibility.
3230
3231 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
3232 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
3233
3234 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
3235 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
3236 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
3237 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
3238 level.
3239
3240 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
3241 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
3242 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
3243 Type 1 boot loader entries.
3244
3245 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
3246 may be specified now.
3247
3248 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
3249 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
3250 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
3251 an interactive user is generally not present.
3252
3253 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
3254 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
3255 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
3256 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
3257 asterisks.)
3258
3259 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
3260 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
3261 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
3262 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
3263 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
3264 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
3265 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
3266 used FIDO2 token.
3267
3268 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
3269 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
3270 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
3271 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
3272 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
3273 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
3274 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
3275
3276 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
3277 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
3278 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
3279 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
3280 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
3281 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
3282 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
3283 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
3284 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
3285 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
3286 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
3287 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
3288 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
3289 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
3290 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
3291 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
3292 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
3293 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
3294 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
3295 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
3296 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
3297 privileges on the host).
3298
3299 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
3300 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
3301 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
3302
3303 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
3304 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
3305 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
3306 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
3307 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
3308 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
3309 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
3310 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
3311 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
3312
3313 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
3314 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
3315 user database lookups.
3316
3317 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
3318 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
3319 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
3320 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
3321 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
3322 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
3323 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
3324 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
3325 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
3326 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
3327 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
3328 is trivially simple.
3329
3330 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
3331 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
3332 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
3333 Journal records.
3334
3335 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
3336 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
3337 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
3338 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
3339 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
3340 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
3341 units that are members of a slice.
3342
3343 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
3344 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
3345 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
3346 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
3347
3348 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
3349 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
3350 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
3351 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
3352 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
3353 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
3354
3355 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
3356 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
3357 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
3358 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
3359 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
3360 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
3361 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
3362 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
3363 another unit that intends to uphold it.
3364
3365 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
3366 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
3367
3368 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
3369 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
3370 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
3371
3372 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
3373 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
3374 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
3375 characters literally.
3376
3377 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
3378 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
3379 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
3380 switch.
3381
3382 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
3383 the systemd source code tree:
3384
3385 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
3386
3387 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
3388 the initrd.
3389
3390 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
3391 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
3392 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
3393
3394 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
3395 or the slices it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
3396 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
3397 unit can claim before hitting the limits.
3398
3399 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
3400 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
3401 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
3402 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
3403 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
3404 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
3405 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
3406 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
3407
3408 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
3409 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
3410
3411 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
3412 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
3413 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
3414 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
3415
3416 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
3417 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
3418 generation.
3419
3420 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
3421 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
3422 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
3423
3424 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
3425 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
3426
3427 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
3428 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
3429 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
3430
3431 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
3432 setting a network timeout time.
3433
3434 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
3435 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
3436 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
3437
3438 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
3439 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
3440 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
3441 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
3442 not install this additional file, most do however. If you
3443 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
3444 that.
3445
3446 * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only
3447 source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and
3448 forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated
3449 events in a short time window.
3450
3451 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
3452 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu,
3453 Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug,
3454 Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin,
3455 borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche,
3456 Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman,
3457 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea,
3458 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
3459 Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais,
3460 Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede,
3461 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov,
3462 imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku,
3463 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu,
3464 Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
3465 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel,
3466 Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti,
3467 Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi,
3468 Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard,
3469 Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný,
3470 Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq,
3471 Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans,
3472 Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan,
3473 Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds,
3474 plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff,
3475 Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt,
3476 Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon,
3477 Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani,
3478 sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay,
3479 Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux,
3480 Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev,
3481 Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
3482
3483 — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07
3484
3485 CHANGES WITH 248:
3486
3487 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
3488 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
3489 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
3490 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
3491 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
3492 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
3493
3494 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
3495 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
3496 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
3497
3498 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
3499 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
3500 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
3501
3502 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
3503 supported system extension level.
3504
3505 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
3506 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
3507 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
3508 constraints.
3509
3510 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
3511 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
3512 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
3513
3514 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
3515 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
3516 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
3517 similar to /etc/crypttab.
3518
3519 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
3520 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
3521
3522 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
3523 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
3524 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
3525 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
3526 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
3527
3528 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
3529 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
3530 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
3531 user.
3532
3533 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
3534 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
3535 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
3536 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
3537 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
3538 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
3539 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
3540 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
3541
3542 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
3543 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
3544 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
3545 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
3546 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
3547
3548 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
3549 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
3550 D-Bus properties.
3551
3552 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
3553 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
3554 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
3555 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
3556 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
3557 shows this in the status output.
3558
3559 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
3560 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
3561 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
3562 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
3563 the need for configuration in an external file.
3564
3565 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
3566 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
3567 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
3568
3569 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
3570 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
3571 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
3572
3573 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
3574 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
3575 them. See:
3576
3577 https://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
3578
3579 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
3580
3581 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
3582 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
3583 dependency.
3584
3585 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
3586 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
3587 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
3588
3589 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
3590 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
3591 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
3592 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
3593 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
3594 output and such.
3595
3596 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
3597 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
3598
3599 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
3600 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
3601
3602 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
3603 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
3604 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
3605 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
3606
3607 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
3608 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
3609 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
3610 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
3611
3612 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
3613 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
3614 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
3615
3616 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
3617 IPC namespace.
3618
3619 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
3620 generated from kernel lists exported on
3621 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
3622
3623 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
3624 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
3625 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
3626
3627 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
3628 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
3629 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
3630 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
3631
3632 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
3633 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
3634 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
3635
3636 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
3637 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
3638 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
3639 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
3640
3641 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
3642 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
3643
3644 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
3645 noexec for parts of the file system.
3646
3647 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
3648 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
3649 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
3650 systemctl and similar tools:
3651
3652 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
3653
3654 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
3655 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
3656 the host itself is connected to
3657
3658 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
3659
3660 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
3661 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
3662 parameter: the message to send.
3663
3664 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
3665 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
3666 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
3667
3668 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
3669 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
3670
3671 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
3672 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
3673
3674 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
3675 queue to be configured.
3676
3677 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
3678 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
3679 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
3680
3681 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
3682 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
3683 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
3684 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
3685 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
3686 .network files.
3687
3688 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
3689 switch to select the routing policy table.
3690
3691 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
3692 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
3693
3694 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
3695 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
3696 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
3697 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
3698 added.
3699
3700 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
3701 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
3702
3703 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
3704 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
3705
3706 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
3707 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
3708 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
3709 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
3710
3711 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
3712 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
3713 devices.
3714
3715 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
3716 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
3717 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
3718
3719 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
3720 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
3721 even a single device.
3722
3723 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
3724 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
3725 systems.
3726
3727 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
3728 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
3729
3730 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
3731 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
3732 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
3733 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
3734 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
3735
3736 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
3737 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
3738
3739 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
3740 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
3741 libfprint.
3742
3743 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
3744 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
3745 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
3746 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
3747 the upstream server.
3748
3749 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
3750 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
3751 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
3752 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
3753 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
3754 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
3755 anyway.
3756
3757 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
3758 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
3759 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
3760
3761 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
3762 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
3763 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
3764 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
3765 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
3766 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
3767 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
3768 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
3769 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
3770 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
3771 lookup.
3772
3773 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
3774 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
3775 capabilities passed to the container payload.
3776
3777 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
3778 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
3779 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
3780 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
3781 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
3782 IPv4-only).
3783
3784 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
3785 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
3786 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
3787
3788 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
3789 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
3790
3791 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
3792 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
3793 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
3794 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
3795 units.
3796
3797 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
3798 backwards-compatibility promises apply). Swap is not required for
3799 operation, but it is still recommended.
3800
3801 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
3802 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
3803
3804 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
3805 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
3806
3807 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
3808 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
3809 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
3810
3811 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
3812 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
3813 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
3814
3815 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
3816 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
3817 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
3818 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
3819 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
3820 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
3821 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
3822 imported into the manager environment block.
3823
3824 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
3825 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
3826 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
3827
3828 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
3829 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
3830 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
3831 reloaded "↻".
3832
3833 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
3834 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
3835 a simple JSON format.
3836
3837 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
3838 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
3839 process signals and their numbers.
3840
3841 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
3842
3843 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
3844 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
3845
3846 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
3847 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
3848 colors are used in output.
3849
3850 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
3851 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
3852 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
3853 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
3854 disable this output again.
3855
3856 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
3857 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
3858 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
3859 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
3860
3861 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
3862 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
3863 recommended.
3864
3865 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
3866 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
3867 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
3868 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
3869 the keymap file first.
3870
3871 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
3872
3873 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
3874 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
3875 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
3876
3877 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
3878 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
3879 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
3880 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
3881
3882 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
3883 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
3884 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
3885 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
3886 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
3887 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
3888
3889 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
3890 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
3891 headers/legends.
3892
3893 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
3894 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
3895 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
3896 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
3897 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
3898 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
3899 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
3900 operations at a later step at once.
3901
3902 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
3903 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
3904 to regular strings.
3905
3906 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
3907 and measured the boot process into it.
3908
3909 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
3910 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
3911 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
3912 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
3913
3914 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
3915 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
3916 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
3917 it assigns the container a cgroup.
3918
3919 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
3920 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
3921
3922 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
3923 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
3924
3925 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
3926 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
3927 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
3928 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
3929 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
3930 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
3931 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
3932 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
3933 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
3934 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
3935 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
3936 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
3937 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
3938 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
3939 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
3940 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
3941 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
3942 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
3943 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
3944 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
3945 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
3946 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
3947 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
3948 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
3949 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
3950 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
3951 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
3952 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
3953 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
3954 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
3955 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
3956 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
3957 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
3958 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
3959 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
3960 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
3961 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
3962
3963 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
3964
3965 CHANGES WITH 247:
3966
3967 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
3968 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
3969 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
3970 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
3971 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
3972 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
3973 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
3974 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
3975 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
3976 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
3977 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
3978 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
3979 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
3980 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
3981 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
3982
3983 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
3984 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
3985 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
3986 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
3987 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
3988 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
3989 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
3990 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
3991 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
3992 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
3993 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
3994 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
3995 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
3996 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
3997 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
3998
3999 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
4000 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
4001 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
4002 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
4003 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
4004 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
4005 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
4006 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
4007 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
4008 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
4009
4010 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
4011 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
4012 handle the new events. Specifically:
4013
4014 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
4015 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
4016 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
4017 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
4018 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
4019 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
4020 generated, for all other device types this change is still
4021 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
4022 future kernel uevent type additions).
4023
4024 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
4025 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
4026 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
4027 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
4028 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
4029 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
4030 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
4031 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
4032 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
4033 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
4034 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
4035 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
4036
4037 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
4038 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
4039 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
4040 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
4041 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
4042 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
4043 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
4044 above).
4045
4046 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
4047 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
4048 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
4049 behaviour change.
4050
4051 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
4052 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
4053 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
4054 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
4055 "udevadm trigger -a change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
4056 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
4057 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
4058 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
4059 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
4060 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
4061 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
4062 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
4063 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
4064 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
4065 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
4066 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
4067 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
4068 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
4069 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
4070 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
4071 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
4072 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
4073 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
4074 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
4075 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
4076 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
4077
4078 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
4079 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
4080 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
4081 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
4082 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
4083
4084 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
4085 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
4086 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
4087 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
4088 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
4089 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
4090 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
4091 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
4092 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
4093 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
4094 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
4095 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
4096 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
4097
4098 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
4099 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
4100 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
4101 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
4102 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
4103 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
4104 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
4105 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
4106 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
4107 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
4108 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
4109 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
4110 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
4111 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
4112 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
4113 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
4114 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
4115 they now are optional during runtime.
4116
4117 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
4118 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
4119 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
4120 which installs absolute timers.
4121
4122 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
4123 mode, which may be controlled via the new
4124 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
4125 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
4126 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
4127 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
4128 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
4129 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
4130 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
4131 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
4132
4133 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
4134 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
4135 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
4136 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
4137 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
4138 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
4139 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
4140 dispatched).
4141
4142 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
4143 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
4144 the RootImage= setting.
4145
4146 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
4147 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
4148 to the service.
4149
4150 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
4151 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
4152 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
4153 different for different units).
4154
4155 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
4156 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
4157 options.
4158
4159 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
4160 --json= switch.
4161
4162 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
4163 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
4164 authentication request.
4165
4166 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
4167 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
4168 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
4169 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
4170 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
4171 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
4172 empty.
4173
4174 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
4175 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
4176 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
4177 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
4178 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
4179 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
4180 image to be applied onto the image.
4181
4182 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
4183 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
4184 in OS disk images.
4185
4186 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
4187 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
4188 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
4189 other output modes.
4190
4191 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
4192 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
4193 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
4194 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
4195
4196 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
4197 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
4198 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
4199 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
4200 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
4201 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
4202 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
4203 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
4204 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
4205 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
4206
4207 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
4208 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
4209 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
4210 recursively to whole subtrees.
4211
4212 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
4213 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
4214 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
4215 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
4216 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
4217 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
4218 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
4219 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
4220
4221 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
4222 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
4223 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
4224 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
4225 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
4226 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
4227 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
4228 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
4229 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
4230 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
4231 system asks for a password.
4232
4233 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
4234 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
4235 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
4236 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
4237 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
4238 up.
4239
4240 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
4241 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
4242 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
4243
4244 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
4245 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
4246 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
4247 virtualization.
4248
4249 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
4250 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
4251 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
4252 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
4253 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
4254 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
4255 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
4256 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
4257 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
4258 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
4259 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
4260 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
4261 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
4262 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
4263 directories:
4264
4265 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
4266
4267 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
4268 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
4269 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
4270
4271 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
4272 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
4273 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
4274 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
4275
4276 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
4277 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
4278
4279 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
4280 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
4281 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
4282 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
4283 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
4284 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
4285 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
4286 applications.
4287
4288 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
4289 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
4290 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
4291 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
4292 build time.
4293
4294 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
4295 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
4296 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
4297 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
4298 system call filter policy.
4299
4300 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
4301 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
4302 filtering is turned off.
4303
4304 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
4305 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
4306 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
4307 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
4308 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
4309 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
4310 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
4311 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
4312 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
4313
4314 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
4315 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
4316 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
4317 exited.
4318
4319 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
4320 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
4321
4322 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
4323 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
4324 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
4325 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
4326 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
4327 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
4328 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
4329 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
4330 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
4331 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
4332 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
4333 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
4334 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
4335 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
4336 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
4337 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
4338 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
4339 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
4340 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
4341 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
4342 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
4343 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
4344
4345 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
4346 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
4347 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
4348 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
4349 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
4350 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
4351 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
4352 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
4353 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
4354 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
4355 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
4356 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
4357 aforementioned service settings.
4358
4359 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
4360 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
4361 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
4362 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
4363 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
4364 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
4365 and populated — there is no time window where they are
4366 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
4367 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
4368 will start from the beginning.
4369
4370 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
4371 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
4372 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
4373 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
4374
4375 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
4376 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
4377 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
4378 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
4379 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
4380 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
4381 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
4382 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
4383 on, including in the initrd.
4384
4385 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
4386 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
4387 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
4388 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
4389
4390 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
4391 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
4392 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
4393 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
4394 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
4395
4396 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
4397 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
4398 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
4399 this property in its status output.
4400
4401 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
4402 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
4403 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
4404 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
4405 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
4406 more similarly to nss-resolve.
4407
4408 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
4409 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
4410 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
4411 ctime.
4412
4413 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
4414 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
4415
4416 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
4417 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
4418 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
4419 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
4420 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
4421 having to rebuild systemd.
4422
4423 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
4424 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
4425 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
4426 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
4427 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
4428 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
4429 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
4430 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
4431
4432 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
4433 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
4434 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
4435 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
4436 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
4437 hardlinks.
4438
4439 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
4440 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
4441 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
4442
4443 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
4444 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
4445 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
4446 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
4447
4448 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
4449 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
4450
4451 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
4452 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
4453 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
4454 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
4455 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
4456
4457 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
4458 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
4459 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
4460 compatibility).
4461
4462 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
4463 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
4464 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
4465 prefix will be assigned.
4466
4467 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
4468 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
4469 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
4470 The setting is enabled by default.
4471
4472 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
4473 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
4474
4475 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
4476 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
4477 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
4478 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
4479 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
4480 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
4481 debuggable.
4482
4483 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
4484 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
4485 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
4486 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
4487
4488 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
4489 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
4490
4491 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
4492 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
4493 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
4494 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
4495 environments where the root file system is
4496 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
4497 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
4498
4499 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
4500 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
4501 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
4502 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
4503 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
4504 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
4505 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
4506 later).
4507
4508 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
4509 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
4510 working with heavily threaded programs.
4511
4512 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
4513 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
4514 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
4515 desirable.
4516
4517 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
4518 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
4519 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
4520 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
4521 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
4522 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
4523
4524 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
4525 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
4526 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
4527 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
4528 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
4529
4530 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
4531 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
4532 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
4533 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
4534 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
4535 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
4536 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
4537 promises.
4538
4539 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
4540 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
4541 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
4542 promises.
4543
4544 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
4545 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
4546 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
4547 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
4548 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
4549 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
4550 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
4551 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
4552 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
4553
4554 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
4555 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
4556 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
4557 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
4558 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
4559 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
4560 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
4561 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
4562 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
4563
4564 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
4565 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
4566 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
4567 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
4568 like this.
4569
4570 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
4571 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
4572 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
4573 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
4574 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
4575 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
4576 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
4577 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
4578 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
4579
4580 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
4581 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
4582 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
4583 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
4584 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
4585 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
4586 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
4587 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
4588 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
4589 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
4590 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
4591 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
4592 appropriately.
4593
4594 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
4595 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
4596 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
4597 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
4598 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
4599 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
4600
4601 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
4602 contents in commented form in the text editor.
4603
4604 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
4605 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
4606 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
4607 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
4608 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
4609 protections for the different slices in the future.
4610
4611 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
4612 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
4613 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
4614 image dissection logic.
4615
4616 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
4617 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
4618 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
4619 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
4620 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
4621 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
4622 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
4623 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
4624 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
4625 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
4626 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
4627 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
4628 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
4629 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
4630 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
4631 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
4632 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
4633 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
4634 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
4635 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
4636 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
4637 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
4638 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
4639 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
4640 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
4641 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
4642 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
4643 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
4644 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
4645 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
4646 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
4647 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4648 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
4649
4650 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
4651
4652 CHANGES WITH 246:
4653
4654 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
4655 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
4656 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
4657
4658 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
4659 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
4660
4661 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
4662 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
4663 based on the NUMA mask.
4664
4665 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
4666 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
4667 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
4668
4669 * Two new unit file settings
4670 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
4671 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
4672 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
4673 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
4674
4675 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
4676 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
4677 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
4678 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
4679 instance).
4680
4681 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
4682 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
4683 service's processes shall include.
4684
4685 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
4686 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
4687 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
4688 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
4689
4690 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
4691 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
4692 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
4693 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
4694 depending on socket type.
4695
4696 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
4697 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
4698 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
4699 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
4700 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
4701 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
4702 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
4703 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
4704 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
4705 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
4706
4707 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
4708 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
4709 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
4710 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
4711 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
4712 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
4713 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
4714 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
4715
4716 * .service unit files gained two new options
4717 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
4718 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
4719 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
4720
4721 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
4722 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
4723 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
4724 prefix is used.
4725
4726 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
4727 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
4728 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
4729 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
4730 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
4731 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
4732 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
4733 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
4734 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
4735 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
4736 key/certificate parameters support this now.
4737
4738 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
4739 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
4740 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
4741 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
4742 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
4743 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
4744
4745 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
4746 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
4747 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
4748 finally gone now.
4749
4750 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
4751 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
4752 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
4753 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
4754
4755 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
4756 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
4757 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
4758 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
4759 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
4760 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
4761 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
4762 which is quite likely a major security problem.
4763
4764 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
4765 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
4766 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
4767 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
4768 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
4769
4770 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
4771 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
4772 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
4773 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
4774 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
4775
4776 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
4777 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
4778 boot.
4779
4780 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
4781 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
4782 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
4783 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
4784 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
4785 device.
4786
4787 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
4788 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
4789 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
4790
4791 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
4792 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
4793 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
4794 conditions.
4795
4796 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
4797 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
4798 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
4799 in order to make test cases more reliable.
4800
4801 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
4802 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
4803 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
4804 the process that faulted.
4805
4806 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
4807 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
4808 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
4809
4810 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
4811 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
4812 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
4813 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
4814 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
4815
4816 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
4817 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
4818 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
4819 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
4820 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
4821
4822 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
4823 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
4824 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
4825 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
4826 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
4827
4828 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
4829 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
4830 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
4831 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
4832 frame ring buffer sizes.
4833
4834 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
4835 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
4836
4837 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
4838 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
4839
4840 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
4841 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
4842 automatically assigned to the interface.
4843
4844 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
4845 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
4846 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
4847 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
4848 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
4849 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
4850 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
4851 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
4852 mode for Assign=.
4853
4854 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
4855 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
4856 source addresses.
4857
4858 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
4859 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
4860 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
4861 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
4862 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
4863 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
4864 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
4865 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
4866 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
4867 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
4868
4869 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
4870 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
4871 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
4872 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
4873 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
4874 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
4875 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
4876
4877 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
4878 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
4879 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
4880 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
4881 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
4882 the RA packets suggest it.
4883
4884 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
4885 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
4886 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
4887 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
4888
4889 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
4890 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
4891 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
4892 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
4893 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
4894 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
4895 field.
4896
4897 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
4898 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
4899 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
4900 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
4901 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
4902 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
4903
4904 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
4905 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
4906
4907 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
4908 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
4909 the VLAN protocol to use.
4910
4911 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
4912 of the .network files, to control the link group.
4913
4914 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
4915 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
4916 link local address is generated.
4917
4918 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
4919 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
4920 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
4921 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
4922 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
4923 carefully picking an interface name to use.
4924
4925 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
4926 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
4927
4928 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
4929 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
4930
4931 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
4932 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
4933 are still understood to provide compatibility.
4934
4935 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
4936 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
4937 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
4938 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
4939 interfaces up or down.
4940
4941 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
4942 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
4943 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
4944 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
4945 interface may be specified (after "%").
4946
4947 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
4948 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
4949 public DNS servers are not used.
4950
4951 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
4952
4953 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
4954 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
4955 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
4956 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
4957 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
4958 defined by systemd-resolved).
4959
4960 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
4961 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
4962 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
4963
4964 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
4965 --property=…".
4966
4967 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
4968 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
4969 use --plain.
4970
4971 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
4972 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
4973 being deprecated in favor of this option.
4974
4975 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
4976 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
4977 process itself.
4978
4979 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
4980 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
4981 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
4982 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
4983 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
4984 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
4985 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
4986 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
4987 implementations.
4988
4989 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
4990 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
4991 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
4992 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
4993 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
4994 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
4995 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
4996 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
4997 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
4998
4999 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
5000 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
5001 initialization.
5002
5003 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
5004 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
5005 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
5006
5007 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
5008 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
5009 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
5010 without any decoration.
5011
5012 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
5013 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
5014 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
5015 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
5016 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
5017 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
5018
5019 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
5020 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
5021 coredump data from.
5022
5023 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
5024 the zstd algorithm.
5025
5026 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
5027 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
5028 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
5029 not block clean file system unmounting.
5030
5031 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
5032 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
5033 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
5034
5035 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
5036 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
5037 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
5038 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
5039
5040 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
5041 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
5042
5043 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
5044 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
5045 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
5046 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
5047 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
5048 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
5049 instead of operating on actual block devices.
5050
5051 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
5052 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
5053
5054 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
5055 instead of 0.
5056
5057 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
5058 specifier expansion.
5059
5060 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
5061 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
5062 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
5063 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
5064 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
5065
5066 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
5067 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
5068 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
5069 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
5070 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
5071
5072 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
5073 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
5074 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
5075 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
5076 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
5077 --fido2-device= option.
5078
5079 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
5080 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
5081 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
5082 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
5083 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
5084 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
5085 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
5086
5087 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
5088 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
5089 changed from ext2 to ext4.
5090
5091 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
5092 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
5093 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
5094 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
5095 before the system continues to boot.
5096
5097 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
5098 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
5099 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
5100 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
5101 instead of at installation time.
5102
5103 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
5104 volumes with automatically from files in
5105 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
5106 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
5107
5108 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
5109 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
5110
5111 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
5112 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
5113 instance.
5114
5115 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
5116 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
5117 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
5118 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
5119
5120 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
5121 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
5122
5123 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
5124 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
5125 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
5126 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
5127 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
5128 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
5129 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
5130 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
5131 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
5132 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
5133 incremental).
5134
5135 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
5136 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
5137 which it then operates.
5138
5139 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
5140 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
5141 directories for various resources.
5142
5143 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
5144 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
5145 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
5146 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
5147 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
5148 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
5149 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
5150 via the new --no-block switch.
5151
5152 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
5153 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
5154 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
5155 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
5156 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
5157 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
5158 case.
5159
5160 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
5161 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
5162 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
5163 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
5164
5165 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
5166 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
5167 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
5168 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
5169 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
5170
5171 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
5172 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
5173 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
5174 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
5175 vtable is associated with.
5176
5177 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
5178 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
5179 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
5180 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
5181
5182 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
5183 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
5184 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
5185
5186 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
5187
5188 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
5189 document the methods, signals and properties.
5190
5191 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
5192 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
5193 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
5194 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
5195 desktops has been added:
5196
5197 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
5198 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
5199 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
5200
5201 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
5202 and has now moved to:
5203
5204 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
5205
5206 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
5207 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
5208 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
5209 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
5210 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
5211 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
5212 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
5213
5214 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
5215 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
5216 target of the service during runtime.
5217
5218 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
5219 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
5220 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
5221
5222 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
5223 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
5224 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
5225 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
5226 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
5227 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
5228 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
5229 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
5230 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
5231 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
5232 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
5233 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5234 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
5235 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
5236 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
5237 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
5238 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
5239 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
5240 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
5241 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
5242 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
5243 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
5244 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
5245 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
5246 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
5247 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
5248 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
5249 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
5250 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
5251 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
5252 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
5253 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
5254 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
5255 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
5256 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
5257 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
5258 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5259 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
5260
5261 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
5262
5263 CHANGES WITH 245:
5264
5265 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
5266 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
5267 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
5268 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
5269 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
5270 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
5271 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
5272 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
5273 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
5274 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
5275 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
5276 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
5277 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
5278 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
5279 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
5280 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
5281 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
5282 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
5283 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
5284 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
5285 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
5286
5287 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
5288 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
5289 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
5290 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
5291 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
5292 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
5293 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
5294 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
5295 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
5296 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
5297 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
5298 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
5299 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
5300 that for the first time resource management and various other
5301 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
5302 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
5303 to apply on login. For further details see:
5304
5305 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
5306 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
5307 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
5308
5309 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
5310 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
5311 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
5312 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
5313 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
5314 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
5315 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
5316 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
5317 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
5318
5319 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
5320
5321 For further details about the format and expectations on home
5322 directories this new daemon makes, see:
5323
5324 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
5325
5326 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
5327 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
5328 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
5329 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
5330 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
5331 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
5332 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
5333 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
5334 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
5335 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
5336 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
5337 usage limitations and other settings.
5338
5339 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
5340 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
5341 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
5342 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
5343 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
5344 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
5345 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
5346 resource usage.
5347
5348 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
5349 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
5350
5351 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
5352 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
5353 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
5354 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
5355 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
5356
5357 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
5358 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
5359 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
5360 itself and the default for all other processes.
5361
5362 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
5363 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
5364 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
5365 database into account.
5366
5367 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
5368 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
5369 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
5370 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
5371
5372 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
5373 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
5374 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
5375 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
5376 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
5377 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
5378 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
5379 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
5380 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
5381 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
5382
5383 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
5384 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
5385 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
5386 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
5387 event source watching it is freed).
5388
5389 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
5390 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
5391 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
5392 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
5393
5394 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
5395 (IFB) network devices.
5396
5397 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
5398 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
5399
5400 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
5401 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
5402 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
5403 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
5404 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
5405 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
5406
5407 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
5408 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
5409 with its sense inverted.
5410
5411 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
5412 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
5413 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
5414
5415 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
5416 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
5417 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
5418
5419 * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to
5420 always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for
5421 devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether
5422 to be used.
5423
5424 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
5425 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
5426 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
5427 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
5428 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
5429 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
5430 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
5431
5432 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
5433 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
5434 debugging purposes.
5435
5436 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
5437 group named differently than the user.
5438
5439 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
5440 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
5441 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
5442
5443 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
5444 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
5445 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
5446 /etc/fstab.
5447
5448 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
5449 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
5450 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
5451 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
5452
5453 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
5454 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
5455 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
5456 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
5457
5458 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
5459 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
5460 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
5461 Bernard.
5462
5463 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
5464 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
5465 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
5466 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
5467 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
5468 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
5469 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
5470 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
5471 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
5472 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
5473 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
5474
5475 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
5476 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
5477 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
5478 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
5479 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
5480 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
5481 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
5482 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
5483 command line option.
5484
5485 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
5486 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
5487
5488 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
5489 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
5490 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
5491 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
5492 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
5493 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
5494 systemd-timedated.
5495
5496 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
5497 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
5498 GPT partition table types.
5499
5500 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
5501 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
5502 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
5503
5504 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
5505
5506 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
5507 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
5508 for the respective units.
5509
5510 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
5511 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
5512 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
5513
5514 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
5515 "status" output.
5516
5517 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
5518 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
5519 disappear.
5520
5521 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
5522 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
5523 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
5524 address is used.
5525
5526 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
5527 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
5528 dropped from the individual setting names.
5529
5530 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
5531 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
5532 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
5533 such files in version 243.
5534
5535 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
5536 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
5537 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
5538
5539 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
5540 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
5541 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
5542
5543 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
5544 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
5545 with stopping and disablement.
5546
5547 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
5548 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
5549 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
5550 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
5551 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
5552 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
5553 some internal systemd services (most notably
5554 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
5555 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
5556 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
5557 this systemd release. See
5558 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
5559 additional discussion.
5560
5561 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
5562 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
5563 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
5564 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
5565 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
5566 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
5567 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5568 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
5569 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
5570 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
5571 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
5572 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
5573 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
5574 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
5575 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
5576 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
5577 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
5578 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
5579 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
5580 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
5581 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
5582 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
5583 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
5584 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
5585 DONG
5586
5587 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
5588
5589 CHANGES WITH 244:
5590
5591 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
5592 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
5593 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
5594 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
5595
5596 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
5597 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
5598 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
5599 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
5600
5601 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
5602 units.
5603
5604 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
5605 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
5606 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
5607 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
5608 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
5609 set the EFI variable.
5610
5611 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
5612 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
5613 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
5614 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
5615 and overrides the systemd setting.
5616
5617 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
5618 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
5619 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
5620 effect.)
5621
5622 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
5623 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
5624 that affects all corresponding unit files.
5625
5626 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
5627 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
5628
5629 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
5630 the unit being shown.
5631
5632 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
5633 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
5634 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
5635 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
5636 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
5637
5638 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
5639 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
5640 which need to use them.
5641
5642 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
5643 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
5644 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
5645 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
5646 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
5647 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
5648 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
5649 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
5650 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
5651 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
5652
5653 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
5654 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
5655 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
5656 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
5657 security tokens that were used previously.
5658
5659 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
5660 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
5661 improve power saving with many more devices.
5662
5663 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
5664 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
5665 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
5666
5667 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
5668 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
5669 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
5670 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
5671 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
5672
5673 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
5674 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
5675 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
5676 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
5677 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
5678
5679 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
5680 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
5681
5682 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
5683 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
5684
5685 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
5686 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
5687 now supported.
5688
5689 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
5690 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
5691
5692 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
5693 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
5694 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
5695
5696 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
5697 received from the server.
5698
5699 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
5700 set.
5701
5702 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
5703 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
5704
5705 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
5706 using a new SendOption= setting.
5707
5708 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
5709 service type" value used by the client.
5710
5711 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
5712 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
5713
5714 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
5715 a new SendOption= setting.
5716
5717 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
5718 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
5719
5720 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
5721 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
5722
5723 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
5724 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
5725 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
5726
5727 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
5728 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
5729 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
5730 BSSID for wireless links.
5731
5732 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
5733 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
5734
5735 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
5736 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
5737
5738 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
5739 disciplines in the kernel using the new
5740 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
5741 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
5742 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
5743 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
5744
5745 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
5746
5747 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
5748 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
5749 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
5750 on its own).
5751
5752 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
5753 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
5754 of the present time.
5755
5756 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
5757 reproducible image builds easier).
5758
5759 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
5760 Specification.
5761
5762 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
5763 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
5764 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
5765 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
5766
5767 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
5768 is being used.
5769
5770 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
5771
5772 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
5773 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
5774 path as the system manager.
5775
5776 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
5777 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
5778 representation").
5779
5780 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
5781 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
5782 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
5783 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
5784 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
5785 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
5786 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
5787 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
5788
5789 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
5790 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
5791 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
5792 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
5793 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
5794 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
5795 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
5796 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
5797 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
5798 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
5799 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
5800 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
5801 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
5802 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
5803 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
5804 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
5805 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
5806 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
5807 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
5808 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
5809 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
5810 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
5811 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5812
5813 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
5814
5815 CHANGES WITH 243:
5816
5817 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
5818 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
5819 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
5820 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
5821 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
5822 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
5823 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
5824 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
5825
5826 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
5827 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
5828 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
5829 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
5830 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
5831 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
5832 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
5833 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
5834 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
5835 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
5836 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
5837 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
5838 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
5839 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
5840 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
5841 documentation.
5842
5843 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
5844 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
5845 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
5846 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
5847 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
5848 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
5849 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
5850 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
5851 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
5852 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
5853 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
5854 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
5855 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
5856 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
5857 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
5858 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
5859
5860 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
5861 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
5862 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
5863 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
5864
5865 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
5866 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
5867
5868 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
5869 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
5870 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
5871 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
5872 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
5873 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
5874 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
5875 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
5876 caught up with the kernel API changes.
5877
5878 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
5879 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
5880 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
5881 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
5882 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
5883 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
5884 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
5885 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
5886 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
5887 packagers.
5888
5889 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
5890 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
5891
5892 build/man/man systemctl
5893 build/man/html systemd.index
5894
5895 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
5896 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
5897
5898 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
5899 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
5900 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
5901 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
5902 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
5903 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
5904
5905 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
5906 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
5907 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
5908 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
5909 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
5910 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
5911 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
5912 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
5913 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
5914 unambiguously distinguished.
5915
5916 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
5917 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
5918 very rarely used.
5919
5920 To replace this functionality, users should:
5921 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
5922 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
5923 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
5924 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
5925 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
5926
5927 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
5928 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
5929 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
5930 interfaces should really be matched.
5931
5932 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
5933 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
5934 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
5935 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
5936 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
5937 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
5938
5939 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
5940 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
5941 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
5942 stop the whole unit.
5943
5944 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
5945 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
5946 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
5947 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
5948 generated whenever a unit stops.
5949
5950 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
5951 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
5952 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
5953 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
5954
5955 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
5956 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
5957 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
5958 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
5959 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
5960
5961 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
5962 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
5963 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
5964 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
5965 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
5966 programs set up externally.
5967
5968 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
5969 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
5970 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
5971 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
5972
5973 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
5974 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
5975 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
5976 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
5977 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
5978 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
5979 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
5980
5981 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
5982 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
5983 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
5984 as before.
5985
5986 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
5987 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
5988 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
5989 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
5990 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
5991 links on terminals that support that.
5992
5993 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
5994 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
5995 unmounted safely during shutdown.
5996
5997 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
5998
5999 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
6000 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
6001 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
6002 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
6003 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
6004 The default remains unchanged.
6005
6006 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
6007 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
6008
6009 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
6010 udev property.
6011
6012 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
6013 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
6014 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
6015
6016 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
6017 interfaces natively.
6018
6019 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
6020 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
6021 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
6022 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
6023
6024 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
6025 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
6026 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
6027 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
6028 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
6029 RELEASE message when terminating.
6030
6031 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
6032 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
6033
6034 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
6035 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
6036 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
6037 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
6038 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
6039 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
6040 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
6041
6042 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
6043 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
6044 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
6045 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
6046 added to the GENEVE support.
6047
6048 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
6049 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
6050 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
6051 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
6052 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
6053
6054 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
6055 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
6056 onto the network device.
6057
6058 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
6059 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
6060 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
6061 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
6062 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
6063
6064 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
6065 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
6066 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
6067
6068 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
6069 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
6070
6071 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
6072 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
6073
6074 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
6075 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
6076 statistics.
6077
6078 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
6079 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
6080 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
6081
6082 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
6083 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
6084
6085 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
6086 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
6087 specific udev properties.
6088
6089 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
6090 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
6091 "lo" as underlying device.
6092
6093 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
6094 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
6095 IP addresses, too.
6096
6097 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
6098 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
6099 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
6100 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
6101
6102 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
6103 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
6104 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
6105 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
6106
6107 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
6108 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
6109 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
6110
6111 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
6112 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
6113 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
6114
6115 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
6116
6117 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
6118 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
6119 does the same for recurring calendar events.
6120
6121 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
6122 durations as opposed to points in time).
6123
6124 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
6125 expressions.
6126
6127 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
6128 codes to their names and back.
6129
6130 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
6131 file paths and unit aliases.
6132
6133 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
6134 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
6135 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
6136 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
6137
6138 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
6139 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
6140 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
6141 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
6142 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
6143 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
6144 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
6145 udev rules for that purpose.
6146
6147 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
6148 a device to be initialized.
6149
6150 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
6151 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
6152 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
6153
6154 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
6155 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
6156 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
6157 with gcc's cleanup extension.
6158
6159 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
6160 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
6161 with printf().
6162
6163 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
6164 XML introspection data unmodified.
6165
6166 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
6167 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
6168 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
6169 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
6170
6171 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
6172 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
6173 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
6174 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
6175 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
6176 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
6177 configured to handle the watchdog.
6178
6179 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
6180 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
6181 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
6182
6183 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
6184 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
6185 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
6186
6187 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
6188 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
6189 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
6190 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
6191 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
6192
6193 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
6194 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
6195 review.
6196
6197 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
6198 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
6199
6200 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
6201 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
6202
6203 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
6204 failures to apply them are now ignored.
6205
6206 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
6207 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
6208 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
6209 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
6210
6211 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
6212 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
6213 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
6214 service.
6215
6216 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
6217 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
6218 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
6219 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
6220 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
6221 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
6222 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
6223 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
6224 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
6225 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
6226 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
6227 a seed was received from the boot loader.
6228
6229 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
6230
6231 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
6232 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
6233 above.
6234
6235 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
6236 installed.
6237
6238 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
6239 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
6240 bootloader entry).
6241
6242 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
6243 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
6244
6245 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
6246
6247 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
6248 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
6249 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
6250 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
6251 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
6252
6253 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
6254 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
6255 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
6256
6257 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
6258 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
6259
6260 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
6261 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
6262 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
6263
6264 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
6265 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
6266 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
6267 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
6268 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
6269 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
6270 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
6271 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
6272 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
6273 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
6274 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
6275 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
6276 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
6277 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
6278 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
6279 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
6280 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
6281 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
6282 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
6283 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
6284 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
6285 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
6286 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
6287 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
6288 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
6289 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
6290 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
6291 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
6292 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
6293 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
6294
6295 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
6296
6297 CHANGES WITH 242:
6298
6299 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
6300 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
6301 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
6302 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
6303 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
6304 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
6305 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
6306
6307 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
6308 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
6309
6310 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
6311 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
6312 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
6313 may be used to view this.
6314
6315 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
6316 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
6317 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
6318 ```
6319 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
6320 [Match]
6321 Type=bridge
6322
6323 [Link]
6324 MACAddressPolicy=none
6325 ```
6326
6327 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
6328 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
6329 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
6330 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
6331 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
6332 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
6333 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
6334
6335 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
6336 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
6337
6338 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
6339 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
6340
6341 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
6342 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
6343
6344 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
6345 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
6346 is a USB peripheral).
6347
6348 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
6349 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
6350 measured.
6351
6352 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
6353 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
6354 have privileges to do so).
6355
6356 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
6357 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
6358 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
6359
6360 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
6361 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
6362 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
6363 namespace.
6364
6365 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
6366 in which case environment variable substitution is
6367 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
6368
6369 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
6370 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
6371 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
6372 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
6373 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
6374
6375 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
6376 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
6377 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
6378 installed CPU cores.
6379
6380 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
6381 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
6382 kernel 4.15.
6383
6384 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
6385 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
6386 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
6387 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
6388 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
6389
6390 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
6391 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
6392 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
6393
6394 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
6395 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
6396 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
6397 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
6398 enslaved devices is not operational.
6399
6400 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
6401 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
6402
6403 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
6404 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
6405 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
6406 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
6407 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
6408 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
6409
6410 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
6411 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
6412
6413 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
6414
6415 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
6416 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
6417 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
6418
6419 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
6420 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
6421
6422 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
6423 configure CAN triple sampling.
6424
6425 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
6426 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
6427
6428 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
6429 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
6430 details.
6431
6432 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
6433 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
6434 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
6435 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
6436 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
6437 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
6438
6439 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
6440
6441 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
6442 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
6443 controlling project quota inheritance.
6444
6445 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
6446 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
6447 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
6448 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
6449 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
6450 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
6451 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
6452 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
6453 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
6454 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
6455 partition.
6456
6457 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
6458 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
6459 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
6460 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
6461 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
6462
6463 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
6464 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
6465
6466 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
6467 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
6468 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
6469 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
6470 be used in production yet.
6471
6472 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
6473 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
6474 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
6475 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
6476 input, output, and error are set up.
6477
6478 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
6479
6480 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
6481 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
6482 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
6483
6484 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
6485 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
6486 the specified expression will elapse next.
6487
6488 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
6489 introspection data.
6490
6491 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
6492 the reboot() system call expects.
6493
6494 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
6495 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
6496 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
6497
6498 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
6499 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
6500 ConditionVirtualization=).
6501
6502 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
6503 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
6504 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
6505 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
6506 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
6507 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
6508 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
6509 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
6510 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
6511 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
6512 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
6513 during reboot with their own operations.
6514
6515 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
6516 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
6517 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
6518 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
6519
6520 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
6521 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
6522 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
6523 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
6524 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
6525
6526 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
6527 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
6528
6529 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
6530 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
6531 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
6532 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
6533 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
6534 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
6535 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
6536 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
6537 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
6538
6539 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
6540 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
6541 prohibited.
6542
6543 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
6544 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
6545 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
6546 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
6547 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
6548 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
6549 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
6550 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
6551
6552 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
6553 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
6554 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
6555 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
6556 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
6557 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
6558 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
6559 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
6560 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
6561 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
6562 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6563 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
6564 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
6565 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
6566 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
6567 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
6568 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
6569 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6570
6571 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
6572
6573 CHANGES WITH 241:
6574
6575 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
6576 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
6577 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
6578
6579 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
6580 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
6581 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
6582 include the package release information.
6583
6584 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
6585 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
6586 option.
6587
6588 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
6589 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
6590 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
6591
6592 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
6593 again.
6594
6595 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
6596 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
6597 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
6598 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
6599 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
6600 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
6601 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
6602 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
6603 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
6604 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
6605 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
6606 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
6607 installed .link files to *not* include it.
6608
6609 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
6610 "persistent", now works again as documented.
6611
6612 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
6613 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
6614
6615 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
6616 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
6617 used for side-channel attacks.
6618
6619 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
6620 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
6621 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
6622
6623 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
6624 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
6625 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
6626 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
6627 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
6628 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
6629
6630 fs.protected_regular = 0
6631 fs.protected_fifos = 0
6632
6633 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
6634 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
6635
6636 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
6637 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
6638 POSIX shells.
6639
6640 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
6641 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
6642
6643 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
6644 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
6645 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
6646 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
6647 points but otherwise empty.
6648
6649 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
6650 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
6651 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
6652
6653 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
6654 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
6655
6656 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
6657 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
6658
6659 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
6660 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
6661 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
6662 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
6663 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
6664 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
6665 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
6666 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
6667 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
6668 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
6669 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
6670 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
6671 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
6672 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
6673 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
6674 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6675 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
6676
6677 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
6678
6679 CHANGES WITH 240:
6680
6681 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
6682 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
6683 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
6684 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
6685 an SELinux policy update is required.
6686 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
6687
6688 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
6689 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
6690 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
6691 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
6692 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
6693 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
6694 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
6695 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
6696 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
6697 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
6698
6699 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
6700 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
6701 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
6702 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
6703 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
6704 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
6705 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
6706 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
6707 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
6708 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
6709 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
6710 the search path.
6711
6712 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
6713 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
6714 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
6715 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
6716 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
6717 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
6718 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
6719 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
6720 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
6721 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
6722 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
6723 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
6724 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
6725 start job.
6726
6727 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
6728 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
6729 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
6730 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
6731 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
6732 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
6733 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
6734 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
6735 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
6736 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
6737
6738 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
6739 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
6740 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
6741 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
6742 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
6743 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
6744 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
6745 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
6746 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
6747 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
6748 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
6749 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
6750 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
6751 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
6752 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
6753 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
6754 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
6755 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
6756 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
6757 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
6758 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
6759 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
6760 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
6761 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
6762 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
6763 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
6764 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
6765 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
6766 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
6767 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
6768 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
6769 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
6770 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
6771 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
6772 Java.)
6773
6774 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
6775 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
6776 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
6777 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
6778 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
6779 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
6780 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
6781 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
6782 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
6783 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
6784
6785 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
6786 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
6787 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
6788 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
6789 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
6790 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
6791
6792 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
6793 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
6794 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
6795 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
6796 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
6797
6798 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
6799 https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html
6800
6801 * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been
6802 reverted.
6803
6804 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
6805 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
6806 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
6807
6808 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
6809 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
6810
6811 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
6812 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
6813 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
6814
6815 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
6816 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
6817 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
6818 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
6819 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
6820 latency.
6821
6822 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
6823 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
6824
6825 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
6826 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
6827 instance part of a unit name.
6828
6829 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
6830 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
6831 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
6832 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
6833 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
6834 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
6835 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
6836 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
6837 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
6838
6839 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
6840 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
6841 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
6842 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
6843
6844 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
6845 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
6846 to a file, and appending to it.
6847
6848 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
6849 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
6850 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
6851 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
6852 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
6853 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
6854
6855 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
6856 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
6857 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
6858 having to touch C code.
6859
6860 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
6861 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
6862
6863 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
6864 DNS-over-TLS.
6865
6866 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
6867 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
6868 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
6869
6870 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
6871 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
6872 until the system finished start-up.
6873
6874 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
6875
6876 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
6877 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
6878 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
6879 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
6880 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
6881 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
6882 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
6883
6884 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
6885 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
6886 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
6887 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
6888 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
6889 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
6890 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
6891 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
6892 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
6893 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
6894 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
6895 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
6896
6897 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
6898 instantiate services.
6899
6900 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
6901 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
6902
6903 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
6904 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
6905 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
6906
6907 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
6908 it is neither used nor maintained.
6909
6910 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
6911 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
6912 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
6913 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
6914 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
6915 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
6916 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
6917 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
6918 separated by colons.
6919
6920 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
6921 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
6922
6923 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
6924 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
6925
6926 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
6927 "ethtool advertise" commands.
6928
6929 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
6930 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
6931 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
6932 directly.
6933
6934 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
6935 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
6936 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
6937 ID.
6938
6939 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
6940 and generate various 128bit IDs.
6941
6942 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
6943 and LOGO=.
6944
6945 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
6946 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
6947 from any hibernated image.
6948
6949 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
6950 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
6951 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
6952 kernel exports them.
6953
6954 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
6955 /usr/bin/.
6956
6957 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
6958 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
6959 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
6960 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
6961 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
6962 now documented here:
6963
6964 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
6965
6966 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
6967 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
6968 installs during early boot.
6969
6970 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
6971 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
6972
6973 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
6974 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
6975
6976 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
6977 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
6978 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
6979
6980 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
6981 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
6982 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
6983 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
6984 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
6985 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
6986 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
6987 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
6988 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
6989 is on AC power.
6990
6991 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
6992 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
6993 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
6994 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
6995 see:
6996
6997 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
6998
6999 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
7000 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
7001 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
7002 and container environments.
7003
7004 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
7005 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
7006 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
7007 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
7008
7009 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
7010 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
7011 journald per-service.
7012
7013 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
7014 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
7015
7016 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
7017 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
7018 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
7019 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
7020
7021 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
7022 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
7023 groups.
7024
7025 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
7026 --ephemeral command line switch.
7027
7028 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
7029 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
7030 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
7031 object itself.
7032
7033 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
7034 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
7035 not unloaded).
7036
7037 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
7038 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
7039 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
7040
7041 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
7042 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
7043 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
7044 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
7045 "dead" state on success.
7046
7047 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
7048 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
7049 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
7050 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
7051 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
7052 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
7053 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
7054 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
7055 well-defined system service context.
7056
7057 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
7058 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
7059 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
7060 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
7061
7062 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
7063 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
7064 continue to be used.
7065
7066 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
7067 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
7068 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
7069 for example:
7070
7071 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
7072
7073 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
7074 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
7075 the command line's exit code.
7076
7077 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
7078
7079 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
7080
7081 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
7082 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
7083 support to systemctl and all other commands.
7084
7085 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
7086 name as argument.
7087
7088 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
7089 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
7090 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
7091 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
7092 is improved.
7093
7094 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
7095 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
7096 initialize one to all 0xFF.
7097
7098 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
7099 all files and directories listed in
7100 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
7101 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
7102 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
7103 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
7104 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
7105 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
7106 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
7107 the transition to the host OS.
7108
7109 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
7110 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
7111 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
7112 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
7113 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
7114 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
7115 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
7116 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
7117 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
7118 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
7119 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
7120 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
7121 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
7122 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
7123 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
7124 these are opened they don't work.
7125
7126 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
7127 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
7128 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
7129 logic works again.
7130
7131 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
7132 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
7133 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
7134 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
7135 ignore it.
7136
7137 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
7138 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
7139 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
7140 commands.
7141
7142 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
7143 pam_systemd anymore.
7144
7145 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
7146 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
7147 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
7148 policy took effect.
7149
7150 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
7151 python-3.5.
7152
7153 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
7154 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
7155 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
7156 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
7157 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
7158 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
7159 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
7160 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
7161 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
7162 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
7163 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
7164 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
7165 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
7166 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
7167 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
7168 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
7169 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
7170 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
7171 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
7172 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
7173 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
7174 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
7175 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
7176 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
7177 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
7178 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
7179 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
7180 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
7181 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
7182 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
7183 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
7184 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
7185 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
7186 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
7187 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
7188 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
7189 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
7190 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
7191 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
7192 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
7193 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
7194 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
7195 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
7196 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
7197 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
7198
7199 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
7200
7201 CHANGES WITH 239:
7202
7203 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
7204 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
7205 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
7206 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
7207 a slot number associated.
7208
7209 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
7210 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
7211 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
7212 independent.
7213
7214 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
7215 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
7216 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
7217
7218 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
7219 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
7220 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
7221 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
7222
7223 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
7224 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
7225 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
7226 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
7227 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
7228 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
7229 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
7230 e.g. NIS.
7231
7232 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
7233 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
7234 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
7235 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
7236 may be necessary to update the file.
7237
7238 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
7239 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
7240 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
7241 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
7242 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
7243 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
7244 documentation.
7245
7246 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
7247 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
7248 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
7249 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
7250 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
7251 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
7252 them.
7253
7254 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
7255 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
7256 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
7257 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
7258 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
7259
7260 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
7261 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
7262 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
7263 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
7264 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
7265 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
7266 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
7267 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
7268
7269 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
7270 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
7271 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
7272 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
7273 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
7274
7275 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
7276 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
7277 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
7278 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
7279 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
7280
7281 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
7282 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
7283 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
7284
7285 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
7286 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
7287 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
7288 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
7289 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
7290 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
7291 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
7292 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
7293 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
7294 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
7295 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
7296 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
7297 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
7298 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
7299 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
7300 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
7301 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
7302 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
7303 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
7304 from.
7305
7306 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
7307 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
7308 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
7309 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
7310
7311 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
7312 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
7313 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
7314 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
7315
7316 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
7317 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
7318 hibernates again.
7319
7320 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
7321 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
7322
7323 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
7324 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
7325 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
7326
7327 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
7328 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
7329 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
7330 was not configurable and set to 512.
7331
7332 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
7333 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
7334 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
7335 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
7336 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
7337 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
7338 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
7339 in particular su and sudo.
7340
7341 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
7342 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
7343 synchronization has been received from the network. This
7344 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
7345 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
7346 services.
7347
7348 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
7349 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
7350 files should work for hibernation now.
7351
7352 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
7353 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
7354 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
7355 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
7356 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
7357 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
7358 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
7359 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
7360 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
7361 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
7362 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
7363 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
7364 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
7365 name following the last dash.
7366
7367 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
7368 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
7369 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
7370 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
7371 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
7372
7373 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
7374 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
7375 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
7376 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
7377 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
7378 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
7379
7380 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
7381 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
7382 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
7383 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
7384
7385 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
7386 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
7387 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
7388 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
7389 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
7390
7391 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
7392 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
7393 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
7394 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
7395 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
7396 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
7397 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
7398 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
7399 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
7400 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
7401 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
7402 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
7403 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
7404
7405 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
7406 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
7407 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
7408 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
7409 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
7410 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
7411 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
7412 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
7413 settings.
7414
7415 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
7416 expiration feature, if it is available.
7417
7418 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
7419 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
7420 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
7421
7422 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
7423 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
7424
7425 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
7426
7427 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
7428 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
7429
7430 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
7431 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
7432 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
7433 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
7434 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
7435 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
7436 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
7437 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
7438 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
7439 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
7440 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
7441
7442 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
7443 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
7444 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
7445 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
7446
7447 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
7448 about its state.
7449
7450 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
7451 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
7452 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
7453 "timedatectl set-ntp".
7454
7455 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
7456 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
7457 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
7458 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
7459 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
7460 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
7461 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
7462 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
7463 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
7464 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
7465 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
7466
7467 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
7468 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
7469
7470 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
7471 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
7472 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
7473 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
7474 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
7475 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
7476
7477 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
7478 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
7479 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
7480 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
7481 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
7482 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
7483 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
7484
7485 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
7486 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
7487 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
7488 shown.)
7489
7490 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
7491 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
7492 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
7493 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
7494 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
7495 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
7496 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
7497 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
7498 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
7499
7500 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
7501 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
7502 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
7503
7504 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
7505 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
7506 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
7507 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
7508 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
7509 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
7510 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
7511 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
7512
7513 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
7514
7515 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
7516 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
7517 automatically when the system clock changed.)
7518
7519 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
7520 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
7521
7522 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
7523 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
7524 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
7525
7526 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
7527
7528 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
7529
7530 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
7531 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
7532
7533 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
7534 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
7535 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
7536 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
7537 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
7538 external user databases.
7539
7540 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
7541 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
7542 refused due to the enforced limits.
7543
7544 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
7545 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
7546 manages.
7547
7548 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
7549 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
7550 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
7551 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
7552 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
7553 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
7554 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
7555 where this is now used by default.
7556
7557 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
7558 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
7559
7560 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
7561 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
7562 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
7563 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
7564 update process in a generic way.
7565
7566 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
7567
7568 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
7569 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
7570 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
7571 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
7572 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
7573 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
7574 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
7575 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
7576 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
7577 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
7578 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
7579 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
7580 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
7581 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
7582 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
7583 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
7584 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
7585 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
7586 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
7587 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
7588 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
7589 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
7590 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
7591 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
7592 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
7593 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
7594 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
7595 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
7596 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7597
7598 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
7599
7600 CHANGES WITH 238:
7601
7602 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
7603 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
7604 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
7605 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
7606 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
7607 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
7608 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
7609 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
7610 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
7611 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
7612 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
7613 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
7614 to revert this change.
7615
7616 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
7617 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
7618 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
7619 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
7620 once at the end of the transaction.
7621
7622 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
7623 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
7624 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
7625 scripts.
7626
7627 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
7628 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
7629 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
7630 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
7631 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
7632 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
7633 still allowing local admin overrides.
7634
7635 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
7636 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
7637 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
7638
7639 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
7640 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
7641 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
7642 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
7643 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
7644
7645 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
7646 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
7647 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
7648 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
7649 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
7650 from package installation scripts.
7651
7652 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
7653 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
7654 without the user number ("u username -:456").
7655
7656 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
7657 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
7658
7659 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
7660 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
7661 /sbin/nologin for other users).
7662
7663 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
7664 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
7665 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
7666 --systemd, --user, or --global).
7667
7668 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
7669 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
7670 which are triggered meanwhile).
7671
7672 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
7673 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
7674 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
7675 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
7676 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
7677
7678 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
7679 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
7680 rotated very quickly.
7681
7682 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
7683 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
7684 pending bus messages.
7685
7686 * systemd gained a new
7687 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
7688 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
7689 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
7690 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
7691 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
7692 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
7693 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
7694 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
7695 session scope.
7696
7697 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
7698 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
7699 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
7700 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
7701 the tree to be accessed.
7702
7703 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
7704 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
7705 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
7706
7707 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
7708 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
7709 to keys in the main keyring.
7710
7711 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
7712
7713 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
7714 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
7715
7716 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
7717
7718 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
7719 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
7720 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
7721 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
7722 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
7723 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
7724 explicitly.
7725
7726 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
7727 the colour of "OK" status messages.
7728
7729 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
7730 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
7731 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
7732 be restarted.
7733
7734 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
7735 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
7736
7737 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
7738 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
7739 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
7740 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
7741 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
7742 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
7743 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
7744 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
7745 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
7746 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
7747 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
7748 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
7749 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
7750 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
7751 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
7752 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
7753
7754 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
7755
7756 CHANGES WITH 237:
7757
7758 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
7759 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
7760 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
7761 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
7762
7763 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
7764 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
7765 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
7766 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
7767 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
7768 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
7769 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
7770 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
7771 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
7772 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
7773
7774 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
7775 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
7776 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
7777 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
7778 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
7779 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
7780 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
7781 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
7782 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
7783 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
7784
7785 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
7786 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
7787 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
7788 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
7789 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
7790 now provides explicit control.
7791
7792 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
7793 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
7794 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
7795 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
7796 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
7797 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
7798 unit types that already supported transient operation.
7799
7800 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
7801 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
7802 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
7803
7804 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
7805 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
7806
7807 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
7808 .network files all gained support for a new condition
7809 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
7810 versions.
7811
7812 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
7813 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
7814 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
7815 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
7816 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
7817 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
7818 understands RapidCommit=.
7819
7820 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
7821 Delegation.
7822
7823 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
7824 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
7825 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
7826 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
7827 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
7828 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
7829 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
7830 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
7831 --watch-bind= command line switch.
7832
7833 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
7834 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
7835 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
7836 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
7837 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
7838 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
7839 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
7840 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
7841 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
7842 "Disconnected" signals).
7843
7844 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
7845 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
7846 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
7847 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
7848 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
7849 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
7850 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
7851 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
7852 round-trips are removed.
7853
7854 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
7855 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
7856 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
7857 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
7858
7859 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
7860 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
7861 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
7862 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
7863 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
7864 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
7865
7866 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
7867 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
7868 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
7869 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
7870 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
7871 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
7872 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
7873 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
7874 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
7875 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
7876
7877 * sd-event gained a new call pair
7878 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
7879 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
7880 when the event source is destroyed.
7881
7882 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
7883 connections.
7884
7885 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
7886 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
7887 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
7888 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
7889 new transitional flag file has been added: if
7890 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
7891 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
7892
7893 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
7894 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
7895 manager.
7896
7897 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
7898 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
7899 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
7900 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
7901 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
7902
7903 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
7904 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
7905 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
7906 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
7907 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
7908 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
7909
7910 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
7911 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
7912 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
7913 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
7914 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
7915 level/target is given as an argument.
7916
7917 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
7918 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
7919 where UID and GID do not match.
7920
7921 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
7922 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
7923 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
7924 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
7925 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
7926 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
7927 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
7928 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
7929 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
7930 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
7931 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
7932 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
7933 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
7934 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
7935 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
7936 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
7937 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
7938 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
7939 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
7940 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
7941 Палаузов
7942
7943 — Brno, 2018-01-28
7944
7945 CHANGES WITH 236:
7946
7947 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
7948 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
7949 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
7950 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
7951
7952 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
7953 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
7954 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
7955 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
7956 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
7957 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
7958 valid specifiers today.)
7959
7960 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
7961 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
7962 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
7963 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
7964 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
7965 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
7966
7967 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
7968 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
7969 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
7970 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
7971
7972 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
7973 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
7974 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
7975 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
7976 services are resolved properly.
7977
7978 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
7979 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
7980 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
7981 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
7982 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
7983 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
7984 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
7985 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
7986 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
7987 and btrfs.
7988
7989 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
7990 DNS server and domain information.
7991
7992 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
7993 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
7994 runtime.
7995
7996 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
7997 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
7998 empty for the first time.
7999
8000 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
8001 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
8002 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
8003 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
8004 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
8005 running in the user session.
8006
8007 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
8008 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
8009 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
8010 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
8011 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
8012 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
8013 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
8014 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
8015 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
8016 user instance).
8017
8018 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
8019 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
8020
8021 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
8022 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
8023 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
8024 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
8025
8026 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
8027 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
8028
8029 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
8030 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
8031 sleep verbs.
8032
8033 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
8034
8035 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
8036 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
8037
8038 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
8039
8040 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
8041 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
8042 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
8043
8044 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
8045 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
8046 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
8047 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
8048 instance.
8049
8050 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
8051 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
8052 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
8053
8054 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
8055 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
8056 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
8057
8058 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
8059
8060 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
8061 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
8062 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
8063 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
8064 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
8065 processes.
8066
8067 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
8068 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
8069 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
8070 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
8071
8072 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
8073 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
8074 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
8075
8076 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
8077 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
8078 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
8079 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
8080 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
8081
8082 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
8083 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
8084
8085 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
8086 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
8087 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
8088 time the specified expression would elapse.
8089
8090 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
8091 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
8092 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
8093 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
8094 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
8095 types, not just services.
8096
8097 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
8098 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
8099 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
8100 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
8101
8102 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
8103 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
8104 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
8105 interface for this purpose.
8106
8107 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
8108 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
8109 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
8110 anyway.
8111
8112 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
8113 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
8114 requirements of systemd.
8115
8116 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
8117 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
8118 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
8119
8120 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
8121 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
8122 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
8123 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
8124
8125 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
8126 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
8127 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
8128 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
8129
8130 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
8131 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
8132
8133 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
8134 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
8135 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
8136 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
8137 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
8138 managing software supports (such as pppd).
8139
8140 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
8141 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
8142 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
8143
8144 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
8145 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
8146 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
8147 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
8148 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
8149 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
8150 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
8151 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
8152 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
8153 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
8154 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
8155 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
8156 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
8157 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
8158 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
8159 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
8160 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
8161 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
8162 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
8163 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
8164 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
8165 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
8166 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
8167
8168 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
8169
8170 CHANGES WITH 235:
8171
8172 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
8173 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
8174 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
8175 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
8176 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
8177 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
8178 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
8179 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
8180 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
8181 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
8182 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
8183 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
8184 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
8185 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
8186 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
8187 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
8188 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
8189 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
8190 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
8191 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
8192 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
8193 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
8194 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
8195 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
8196 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
8197 IPAddressDeny= see below.
8198
8199 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
8200 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
8201 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
8202 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
8203 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
8204 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
8205 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
8206 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
8207
8208 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
8209 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
8210 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
8211 used to change those values.
8212
8213 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
8214 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
8215 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
8216 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
8217 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
8218 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
8219
8220 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
8221 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
8222 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
8223 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
8224
8225 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
8226 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
8227 one top-level directory.
8228
8229 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
8230 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
8231 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
8232 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
8233 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
8234 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
8235 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
8236 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
8237 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
8238 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
8239 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
8240 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
8241 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
8242 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
8243 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
8244
8245 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
8246 Meson-only.
8247
8248 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
8249 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
8250 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
8251 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
8252 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
8253 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
8254 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
8255 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
8256 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
8257 acceptable to us.
8258
8259 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
8260 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
8261 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
8262 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
8263 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
8264 requested at build time.
8265
8266 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
8267 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
8268 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
8269 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
8270 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
8271 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
8272 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
8273 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
8274 Type= setting which permits configuring
8275 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
8276
8277 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
8278 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
8279 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
8280 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
8281 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
8282 local frames between bridge ports.
8283
8284 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
8285 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
8286 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
8287
8288 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
8289 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
8290
8291 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
8292 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
8293 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
8294 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
8295
8296 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
8297 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
8298 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
8299 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
8300 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
8301 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
8302 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
8303 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
8304
8305 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
8306 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
8307 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
8308 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
8309 command.)
8310
8311 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
8312 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
8313 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
8314
8315 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
8316 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
8317 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
8318 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
8319
8320 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
8321 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
8322 configured, except for the credentials applied by
8323 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
8324 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
8325 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
8326 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
8327 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
8328 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
8329 on systems where this is not supported.
8330
8331 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
8332 sockets.
8333
8334 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
8335 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
8336 during runtime.
8337
8338 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
8339 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
8340 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
8341
8342 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
8343 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
8344 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
8345
8346 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
8347 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
8348 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
8349 Following this logic, two new special targets
8350 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
8351 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
8352 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
8353
8354 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
8355 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
8356 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
8357 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
8358
8359 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
8360 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
8361 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
8362 --wait".
8363
8364 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
8365 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
8366 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
8367 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
8368 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
8369 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
8370 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
8371 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
8372 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
8373
8374 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
8375 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
8376 containing information about the consumed resources of this
8377 invocation.
8378
8379 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
8380 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
8381 processes.
8382
8383 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
8384 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
8385 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
8386 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
8387 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
8388 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
8389 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
8390 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
8391 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
8392 systems for all five operations.
8393
8394 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
8395 the system.
8396
8397 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
8398 than UTC or the local timezone.
8399
8400 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
8401 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
8402 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
8403 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
8404 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
8405 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
8406 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
8407 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
8408
8409 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
8410 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
8411 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
8412 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
8413 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
8414 again.
8415
8416 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
8417 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
8418 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
8419
8420 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
8421 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
8422 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
8423 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
8424 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
8425 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
8426 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
8427 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
8428 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
8429 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
8430 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
8431 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
8432 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
8433 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
8434 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
8435 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
8436 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
8437 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
8438 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
8439 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8440
8441 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
8442
8443 CHANGES WITH 234:
8444
8445 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
8446 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
8447 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
8448 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
8449 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
8450 summary:
8451
8452 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
8453
8454 becomes:
8455
8456 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
8457
8458 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
8459 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
8460 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
8461 .device units.
8462
8463 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
8464 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
8465 running a systemd user instance.
8466
8467 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
8468 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
8469 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
8470 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
8471 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
8472 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
8473
8474 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
8475
8476 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
8477 (domain search list).
8478
8479 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
8480 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
8481 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
8482 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
8483 implementation of RA.
8484
8485 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
8486 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
8487 ISO date values.
8488
8489 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
8490 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
8491 devices.
8492
8493 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
8494 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
8495 option.
8496
8497 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
8498 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
8499 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
8500 default yet.
8501
8502 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
8503 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
8504 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
8505 SHA256SUMS files.
8506
8507 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
8508 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
8509
8510 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
8511
8512 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
8513
8514 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
8515 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
8516
8517 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
8518 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
8519 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
8520 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
8521
8522 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
8523 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
8524 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
8525 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
8526 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
8527 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
8528 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
8529 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
8530 systemd-logind to be safe. See
8531 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
8532
8533 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
8534 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
8535 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
8536 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
8537 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
8538 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
8539 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
8540 after all the plugins exit.
8541
8542 * If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is set in /etc/machine-info, kernel-install
8543 will now use its value as the machine ID instead of the machine ID
8544 from /etc/machine-id. If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID isn't set in
8545 /etc/machine-info and no machine ID is set in /etc/machine-id,
8546 kernel-install will try to store the current machine ID there as
8547 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID. If there is no machine ID, kernel-install
8548 will generate a new UUID, store it in /etc/machine-info as
8549 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID and use it as the machine ID.
8550
8551 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
8552 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
8553 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
8554 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
8555 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
8556 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
8557 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
8558 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
8559 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
8560 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
8561 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
8562 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
8563 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
8564 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
8565 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
8566 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8567 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
8568 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
8569 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
8570 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
8571 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
8572 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
8573 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
8574 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
8575 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
8576 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
8577 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
8578 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
8579 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
8580 Георгиевски
8581
8582 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
8583
8584 CHANGES WITH 233:
8585
8586 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
8587 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
8588 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
8589 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
8590 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
8591 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
8592 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
8593 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
8594 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
8595
8596 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
8597 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
8598 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
8599 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
8600 default selected on the configure command line
8601 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
8602 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
8603 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
8604 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
8605 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
8606 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
8607 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
8608 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
8609 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
8610 greatest stability and compatibility only.
8611
8612 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
8613 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
8614 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
8615 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
8616 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
8617 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
8618 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
8619 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
8620 further details about this.)
8621
8622 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
8623 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
8624 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
8625
8626 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
8627 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
8628
8629 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
8630 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
8631 with 'make install-tests'.
8632
8633 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
8634 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
8635 kernel.
8636
8637 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
8638 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
8639 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
8640 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
8641 by the Slice= option.
8642
8643 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
8644 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
8645 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
8646 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
8647
8648 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
8649 following choices:
8650
8651 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
8652 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
8653 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
8654 (h)elp
8655 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
8656 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
8657 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
8658 (y)es, execute the command
8659
8660 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
8661 because its meaning was confusing.
8662
8663 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
8664 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
8665
8666 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
8667 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
8668 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
8669
8670 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
8671 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
8672 state directly, without executing these commands.
8673
8674 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
8675 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
8676 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
8677
8678 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
8679 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
8680 combination with After=) have been started.
8681
8682 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
8683 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
8684 setting, and which system calls they contain.
8685
8686 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
8687 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
8688 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
8689 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
8690 configuration related calls.
8691
8692 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
8693 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
8694 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
8695 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
8696 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
8697 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
8698 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
8699
8700 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
8701 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
8702
8703 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
8704 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
8705 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
8706
8707 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
8708 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
8709
8710 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
8711 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
8712 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
8713 for compatibility.
8714
8715 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
8716 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
8717
8718 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
8719 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
8720
8721 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
8722 support for negative matching.
8723
8724 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
8725
8726 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
8727 permitted runtime of the mount command.
8728
8729 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
8730 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
8731 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
8732 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
8733 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
8734 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
8735 removed from the drive.
8736
8737 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
8738 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
8739
8740 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
8741 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
8742
8743 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
8744 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
8745 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
8746
8747 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
8748 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
8749 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
8750 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
8751 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
8752 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
8753 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
8754
8755 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
8756 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
8757 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
8758 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
8759 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
8760 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
8761
8762 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
8763 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
8764
8765 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
8766 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
8767 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
8768 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
8769 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
8770 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
8771 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
8772 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
8773
8774 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
8775 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
8776 including all control processes.
8777
8778 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
8779 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
8780 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
8781
8782 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
8783 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
8784 prefixing the source path with "+".
8785
8786 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
8787 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
8788 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
8789 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
8790 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
8791 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
8792 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
8793 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
8794
8795 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
8796 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
8797 before).
8798
8799 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
8800 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
8801 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
8802 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
8803 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
8804 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
8805 the new --root-hash= command line option).
8806
8807 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
8808 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
8809 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
8810 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
8811 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
8812 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
8813 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
8814 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
8815 versions.
8816
8817 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
8818 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
8819 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
8820 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
8821 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
8822 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
8823 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
8824 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
8825 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
8826 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
8827 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
8828 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
8829 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
8830 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
8831 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
8832 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
8833 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
8834 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
8835 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
8836 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
8837 a Verity-enabled root partition.
8838
8839 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
8840 accelerometer quirks.
8841
8842 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
8843 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
8844 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
8845 ID of each service.
8846
8847 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
8848 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
8849 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
8850 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
8851 view.
8852
8853 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
8854 environment variables:
8855
8856 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
8857
8858 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
8859 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
8860 address.
8861
8862 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
8863 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
8864 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
8865
8866 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
8867 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
8868 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
8869 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
8870 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
8871 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
8872 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
8873 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
8874 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
8875 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
8876 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
8877 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
8878 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
8879
8880 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
8881 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
8882 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
8883
8884 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
8885 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
8886
8887 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
8888 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
8889 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
8890 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
8891 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
8892
8893 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
8894 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
8895 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
8896
8897 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
8898 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
8899
8900 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
8901 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
8902 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
8903 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
8904
8905 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
8906 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
8907 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
8908 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
8909 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
8910 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
8911 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
8912 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
8913 possibly even including full integrity data.
8914
8915 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
8916 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
8917 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
8918 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
8919 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
8920
8921 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
8922 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
8923 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
8924 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
8925 directly with systemd-nspawn.
8926
8927 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
8928 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
8929 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
8930 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
8931
8932 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
8933 of coredumps in reverse order.
8934
8935 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
8936 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
8937 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
8938 additional informational message in its output.
8939
8940 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
8941 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
8942 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
8943
8944 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
8945 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
8946 scripting languages such as Python.
8947
8948 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
8949 namespacing is enabled for them.
8950
8951 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
8952 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
8953 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
8954 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
8955 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
8956 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
8957
8958 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
8959 root key (KSK).
8960
8961 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
8962 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
8963 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
8964
8965 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
8966 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
8967 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
8968 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
8969 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
8970 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
8971 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
8972 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
8973 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
8974 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
8975 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
8976 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
8977 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
8978 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
8979 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
8980 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
8981 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
8982 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
8983 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
8984 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
8985 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
8986 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
8987 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
8988 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
8989 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
8990 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
8991 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
8992 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
8993 Тихонов
8994
8995 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
8996
8997 CHANGES WITH 232:
8998
8999 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
9000 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
9001 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
9002 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
9003 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
9004 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
9005
9006 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
9007 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
9008
9009 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
9010 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
9011 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
9012
9013 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
9014 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
9015 to be remounted read-only for a service.
9016
9017 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
9018 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
9019 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
9020 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
9021
9022 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
9023 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
9024
9025 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
9026 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
9027 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
9028
9029 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
9030 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
9031 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
9032 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
9033 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
9034 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
9035 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
9036 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
9037 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
9038 permanent modifications to the system.
9039
9040 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
9041 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
9042 container or chroot environments.
9043
9044 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
9045 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
9046 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
9047 mapped to nobody.
9048
9049 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
9050 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
9051 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
9052 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
9053
9054 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
9055 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
9056
9057 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
9058 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
9059 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
9060 and the support is provisional.
9061
9062 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
9063 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
9064 unit files in the file system).
9065
9066 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
9067 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
9068 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
9069 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
9070 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
9071 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
9072 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
9073 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
9074 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
9075 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
9076 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
9077 state is fixed automatically.
9078
9079 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
9080 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
9081 option.
9082
9083 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
9084 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
9085 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
9086 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
9087 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
9088 else.
9089
9090 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
9091 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
9092 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
9093 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
9094 bootable on physical systems.
9095
9096 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
9097
9098 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
9099 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
9100 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
9101 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
9102 used.
9103
9104 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
9105 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
9106 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
9107 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
9108
9109 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
9110
9111 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
9112 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
9113 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
9114 of the container).
9115
9116 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
9117 files from the specified location.
9118
9119 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
9120 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
9121 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
9122 be active.
9123
9124 * The hardware database has been extended to support
9125 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
9126 trackball devices.
9127
9128 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
9129 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
9130 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
9131
9132 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
9133 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
9134 specified service binary exited.)
9135
9136 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
9137 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
9138
9139 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
9140 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
9141 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
9142 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
9143 --since= and --until= options.
9144
9145 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
9146 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
9147 are automatically propagated to the container.
9148
9149 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
9150 from a single IP address can be limited with
9151 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
9152 MaxConnections=.
9153
9154 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
9155 configuration.
9156
9157 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
9158 drop-ins.
9159
9160 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
9161 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
9162 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
9163 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
9164 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
9165 [Link] section of .link files.
9166
9167 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
9168 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
9169 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
9170 section of .netdev files.
9171
9172 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
9173 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
9174 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
9175
9176 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
9177 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
9178 .network files.
9179
9180 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
9181 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
9182 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
9183 service runtime cycle.
9184
9185 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
9186 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
9187 has been traditionally doing.
9188
9189 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
9190 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
9191 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
9192 prevent any later plugins from running.
9193
9194 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
9195 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
9196 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
9197 default of SplitMode=uid.
9198
9199 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
9200 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
9201 useful.
9202
9203 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
9204 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
9205 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
9206 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
9207 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
9208 individual namespaces.
9209
9210 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
9211 the output, as well as OS release information.
9212
9213 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
9214
9215 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
9216 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
9217 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
9218 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
9219 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
9220
9221 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
9222 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
9223 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
9224 severed.
9225
9226 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
9227 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
9228 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
9229 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
9230 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
9231 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
9232 information about exit statuses and results.
9233
9234 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
9235 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
9236 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
9237 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
9238 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
9239 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
9240
9241 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
9242
9243 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
9244 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
9245 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
9246 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
9247 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
9248 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
9249 entirely.
9250
9251 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
9252 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
9253 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
9254
9255 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
9256 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
9257 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
9258 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
9259 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
9260 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
9261 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
9262 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
9263 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
9264 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
9265 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
9266 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
9267 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
9268 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
9269 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
9270 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
9271 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
9272
9273 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
9274 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
9275 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
9276 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
9277
9278 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
9279 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
9280 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
9281 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
9282
9283 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
9284 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
9285 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
9286 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
9287 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
9288 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
9289 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
9290 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
9291 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
9292 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
9293 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
9294 fragment entirely.)
9295
9296 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
9297 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
9298 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
9299
9300 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
9301 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
9302 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
9303 FileDescriptorName= setting.
9304
9305 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
9306 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
9307 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
9308 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
9309 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
9310 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
9311
9312 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
9313 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
9314
9315 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
9316 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
9317
9318 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
9319 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
9320 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
9321 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
9322 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
9323
9324 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
9325 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
9326 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
9327 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
9328 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
9329 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
9330 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
9331 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
9332 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
9333 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
9334 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
9335 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
9336 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
9337 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
9338 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
9339 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
9340 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
9341 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
9342 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
9343 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
9344 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
9345 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
9346 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
9347 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
9348 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
9349 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
9350
9351 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
9352
9353 CHANGES WITH 231:
9354
9355 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
9356 with an additional special character as first argument of the
9357 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
9358 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
9359 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
9360 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
9361 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
9362 independently.
9363
9364 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
9365 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
9366
9367 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
9368 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
9369 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
9370 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
9371 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
9372 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
9373 values.
9374
9375 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
9376 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
9377 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
9378 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
9379 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
9380
9381 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
9382 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
9383 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
9384 7:10am every day.
9385
9386 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
9387 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
9388 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
9389 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
9390 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
9391 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
9392 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
9393 available for compatibility.
9394
9395 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
9396 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
9397 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
9398 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
9399 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
9400 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
9401
9402 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
9403 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
9404 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
9405 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
9406 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
9407 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
9408 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
9409 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
9410 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
9411
9412 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
9413 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
9414 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
9415 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
9416 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
9417 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
9418 desired options.
9419
9420 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
9421 cgroup v2.
9422
9423 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
9424 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
9425 limited to subgroups of that group.
9426
9427 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
9428 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
9429 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
9430 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
9431 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
9432 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
9433 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
9434 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
9435
9436 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
9437 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
9438 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
9439 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
9440 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
9441 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
9442 own long-running services.
9443
9444 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
9445 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
9446 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
9447 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
9448
9449 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
9450 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
9451 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
9452 propagates this notification further to the service manager
9453 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
9454 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
9455 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
9456 primitives.
9457
9458 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
9459 "terminate".
9460
9461 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
9462 link-local IPv6 addresses.
9463
9464 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
9465 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
9466 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
9467 --flush-caches".
9468
9469 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
9470 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
9471 is shown.
9472
9473 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
9474 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
9475 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
9476 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
9477 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
9478 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
9479
9480 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
9481 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
9482 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
9483 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
9484 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
9485 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
9486 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
9487 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
9488 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
9489 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
9490 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
9491 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
9492 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
9493 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
9494 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
9495 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
9496 bus API instead.
9497
9498 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
9499 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
9500 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
9501 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
9502
9503 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
9504 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
9505 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
9506 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
9507
9508 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
9509 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
9510 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
9511
9512 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
9513 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
9514
9515 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
9516 interface configuration.
9517
9518 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
9519 specifying the --force switch.
9520
9521 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
9522 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
9523 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
9524
9525 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
9526 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
9527 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
9528 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
9529 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
9530 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
9531 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
9532 to be handled.
9533
9534 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
9535 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
9536
9537 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
9538 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
9539
9540 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
9541 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
9542 of persistent symlinks for that device.
9543
9544 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
9545 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
9546
9547 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
9548 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
9549 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
9550 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
9551 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
9552 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
9553 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
9554 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
9555 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
9556 library.
9557
9558 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
9559 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
9560 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
9561 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
9562 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
9563 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
9564 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
9565 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
9566 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
9567 doc/HACKING for details.
9568
9569 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
9570 distribution's bugtracker.
9571
9572 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
9573 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
9574 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
9575 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
9576 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
9577 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
9578 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
9579 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
9580 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
9581 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
9582 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
9583 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
9584 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
9585 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
9586 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
9587 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
9588 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
9589 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
9590 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9591
9592 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
9593
9594 CHANGES WITH 230:
9595
9596 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
9597 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
9598 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
9599 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
9600 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
9601 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
9602 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
9603 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
9604 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
9605 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
9606 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
9607 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
9608 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
9609 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
9610 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
9611 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
9612 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
9613 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
9614 applications.)
9615
9616 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
9617 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
9618 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
9619
9620 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
9621 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
9622 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
9623 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
9624 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
9625 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
9626 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
9627
9628 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
9629 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
9630 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
9631 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
9632 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
9633 command works for tmux.
9634
9635 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
9636 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
9637 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
9638 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
9639 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
9640 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
9641
9642 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
9643 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
9644
9645 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
9646 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
9647 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
9648
9649 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
9650
9651 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
9652 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
9653 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
9654 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
9655 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
9656
9657 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
9658 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
9659 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
9660 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
9661
9662 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
9663 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
9664 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
9665 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
9666 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
9667 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
9668
9669 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
9670 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
9671 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
9672
9673 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
9674 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
9675 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
9676 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
9677 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
9678 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
9679
9680 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
9681 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
9682 address.
9683
9684 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
9685 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
9686 should be emitted.
9687
9688 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
9689 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
9690 supported.
9691
9692 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
9693 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
9694 logging performance.
9695
9696 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
9697 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
9698 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
9699 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
9700 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
9701 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
9702
9703 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
9704 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
9705 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
9706 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
9707
9708 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
9709 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
9710
9711 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
9712 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
9713 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
9714
9715 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
9716
9717 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
9718 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
9719 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
9720 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
9721
9722 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
9723 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
9724 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
9725 refuse to operate on such files.
9726
9727 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
9728 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
9729 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
9730
9731 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
9732 just hidden container images.
9733
9734 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
9735 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
9736
9737 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
9738 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
9739 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
9740 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
9741 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
9742 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
9743 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
9744 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
9745 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
9746 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
9747 been changed to use this functionality by default.
9748
9749 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
9750 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
9751 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
9752 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
9753 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
9754 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
9755 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
9756 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
9757 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
9758 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
9759 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
9760 terminates.
9761
9762 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
9763 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
9764 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
9765 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
9766
9767 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
9768 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
9769 rate of the socket unit.
9770
9771 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
9772 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
9773 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
9774 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
9775 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
9776
9777 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
9778 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
9779 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
9780 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
9781 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
9782 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
9783 with this.
9784
9785 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
9786 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
9787
9788 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
9789 merged into the kernel in its current form.
9790
9791 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
9792 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
9793 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
9794 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
9795 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
9796
9797 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
9798 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
9799 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
9800
9801 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
9802 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
9803 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
9804 target is now included in early userspace.
9805
9806 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
9807 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
9808 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
9809 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
9810 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
9811 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
9812 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
9813 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
9814 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
9815 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
9816 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
9817 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
9818 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
9819 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
9820 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
9821 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
9822 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
9823 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
9824 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
9825 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
9826 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
9827 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
9828 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
9829 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
9830 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
9831 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9832
9833 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
9834
9835 CHANGES WITH 229:
9836
9837 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
9838 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
9839 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
9840 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
9841 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
9842 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
9843 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
9844 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
9845 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
9846 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
9847 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
9848 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
9849 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
9850
9851 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
9852 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
9853 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
9854 /usr/bin.
9855
9856 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
9857 devices.
9858
9859 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
9860 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
9861 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
9862 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
9863 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
9864 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
9865 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
9866 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
9867 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
9868 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
9869 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
9870 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
9871 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
9872 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
9873 this limit.
9874
9875 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
9876 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
9877 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
9878 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
9879 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
9880 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
9881 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
9882 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
9883
9884 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
9885 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
9886 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
9887 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
9888 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
9889 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
9890 and group at package installation time.
9891
9892 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
9893 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
9894 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
9895 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
9896 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
9897
9898 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
9899 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
9900 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
9901 supports it.
9902
9903 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
9904 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
9905
9906 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
9907 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
9908 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
9909 file is already initialized.
9910
9911 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
9912 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
9913 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
9914 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
9915 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
9916 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
9917 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
9918 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
9919 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
9920
9921 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
9922 working directory for the process started in the container.
9923
9924 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
9925 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
9926 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
9927 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
9928 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
9929
9930 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
9931 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
9932 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
9933
9934 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
9935 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
9936 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
9937 sd_journal_restart_fields().
9938
9939 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
9940 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
9941 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
9942 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
9943 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
9944
9945 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
9946 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
9947 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
9948 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
9949
9950 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
9951 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
9952 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
9953 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
9954 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
9955 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
9956 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
9957 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
9958 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
9959 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
9960 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
9961 by PID 1.
9962
9963 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
9964 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
9965 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
9966 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
9967 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
9968 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
9969 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
9970 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
9971
9972 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
9973
9974 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
9975 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
9976 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
9977
9978 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
9979 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
9980 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
9981 recent kernels.
9982
9983 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
9984 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
9985
9986 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
9987 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
9988 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
9989 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
9990 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
9991 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
9992 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
9993 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
9994 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
9995 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
9996 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
9997 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
9998 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
9999
10000 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
10001 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
10002 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
10003 clusters or larger setups.
10004
10005 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
10006
10007 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
10008 sockets.
10009
10010 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
10011
10012 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
10013 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
10014 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
10015 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
10016 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
10017 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
10018
10019 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
10020 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
10021 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
10022
10023 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
10024 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
10025 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
10026 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
10027
10028 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
10029
10030 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
10031 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
10032 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
10033 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
10034 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
10035 maintain compatibility.
10036
10037 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
10038 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
10039 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
10040 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
10041 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
10042 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
10043 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
10044 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
10045 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
10046 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
10047 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
10048 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
10049 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
10050 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
10051 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
10052 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
10053 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
10054 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
10055 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10056
10057 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
10058
10059 CHANGES WITH 228:
10060
10061 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
10062 files are now also available as properties to set when
10063 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
10064 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
10065 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
10066 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
10067 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
10068 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
10069 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
10070
10071 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
10072 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
10073 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
10074
10075 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
10076 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
10077 created transiently.
10078
10079 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
10080 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
10081 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
10082 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
10083 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
10084 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
10085 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
10086 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
10087
10088 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
10089 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
10090 disk and sync the files, before returning.
10091
10092 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
10093 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
10094 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
10095 enabled.
10096
10097 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
10098 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
10099 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
10100 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
10101 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
10102 subvolumes.
10103
10104 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
10105 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
10106
10107 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
10108 individual indexes.
10109
10110 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
10111 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
10112 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
10113 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
10114 now.
10115
10116 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
10117 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
10118 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
10119 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
10120 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
10121 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
10122 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
10123 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
10124 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
10125 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
10126 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
10127 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
10128 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
10129 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
10130 number of processes or tasks each user may own
10131 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
10132 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
10133 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
10134 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
10135 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
10136 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
10137
10138 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
10139 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
10140 links between the host and the container.
10141
10142 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
10143 added that allows importing select environment variables
10144 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
10145 the service.
10146
10147 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
10148 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
10149 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
10150 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
10151 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
10152 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
10153 than until they first elapse.
10154
10155 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
10156 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
10157 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
10158 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
10159 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
10160 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
10161 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
10162 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
10163
10164 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
10165 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
10166 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
10167 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
10168 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
10169 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
10170 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
10171 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
10172 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
10173 journal and in coredump handling.
10174
10175 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
10176 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
10177 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
10178 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
10179 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
10180 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
10181 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
10182 software you package still references it, as this is a
10183 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
10184 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
10185
10186 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
10187
10188 Note that only util-linux versions built with
10189 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
10190
10191 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
10192 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
10193 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
10194
10195 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
10196 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
10197 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
10198 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
10199 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
10200 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
10201 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
10202 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
10203 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
10204 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
10205 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
10206 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
10207 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
10208 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
10209 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
10210 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
10211
10212 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
10213 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
10214 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
10215 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
10216 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
10217 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
10218 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
10219 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
10220 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
10221 surprises.
10222
10223 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
10224 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
10225 to the various user database fields of the user that the
10226 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
10227 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
10228 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
10229 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
10230 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
10231 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
10232 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
10233 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
10234 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
10235 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
10236 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
10237 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
10238 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
10239 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
10240 of PID 1 is the root user).
10241
10242 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
10243 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
10244 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
10245 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
10246 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
10247 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
10248 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
10249 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
10250 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
10251 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
10252 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
10253 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
10254 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
10255 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
10256 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10257
10258 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
10259
10260 CHANGES WITH 227:
10261
10262 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
10263 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
10264 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
10265
10266 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
10267 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
10268 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
10269 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
10270 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
10271 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
10272
10273 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
10274 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
10275 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
10276 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
10277 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
10278
10279 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
10280 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
10281 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
10282 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
10283 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
10284 packets on unestablished sockets.
10285
10286 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
10287 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
10288 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
10289 automatically.
10290
10291 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
10292 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
10293 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
10294
10295 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
10296 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
10297 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
10298 for disk IO.
10299
10300 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
10301 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
10302 removed.
10303
10304 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
10305 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
10306 directory is set to the home directory of the user
10307 configured in User=.
10308
10309 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
10310 directory of the selected user by default.
10311
10312 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
10313 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
10314 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
10315 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
10316 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
10317 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
10318 compat reasons.
10319
10320 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
10321 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
10322 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
10323 units.
10324
10325 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
10326 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
10327 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
10328 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
10329 level.
10330
10331 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
10332 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
10333 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
10334 namespaces work correctly.
10335
10336 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
10337 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
10338 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
10339 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
10340 activation.
10341
10342 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
10343 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
10344 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
10345 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
10346 system instance in a container.
10347
10348 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
10349 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
10350 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
10351 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
10352 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
10353 connections.
10354
10355 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
10356 show the control groups within a certain container only.
10357
10358 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
10359 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
10360 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
10361 processes attached, or similar.
10362
10363 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
10364 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
10365 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
10366
10367 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
10368 specifiers like %i or %f.
10369
10370 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
10371 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
10372 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
10373 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
10374
10375 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
10376 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
10377 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
10378 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
10379 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
10380 descriptors using sd_notify().
10381
10382 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
10383
10384 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
10385 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
10386
10387 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
10388 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
10389
10390 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
10391 .network files.
10392
10393 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
10394 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
10395 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
10396 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
10397 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
10398 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
10399 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
10400 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
10401 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
10402 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
10403 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
10404 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
10405 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
10406 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
10407 gdm-autologin is used.
10408
10409 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
10410 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
10411 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
10412 next to the image file.
10413
10414 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
10415 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
10416 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
10417 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
10418
10419 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
10420 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
10421 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
10422 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
10423 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
10424 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
10425
10426 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
10427 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
10428 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
10429 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
10430 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
10431 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
10432 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
10433 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
10434 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
10435 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
10436 number of files in place.
10437
10438 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
10439 on kernels where that is supported.
10440
10441 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
10442
10443 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
10444 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
10445 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
10446 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
10447 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
10448 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
10449 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
10450 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
10451 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
10452 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
10453 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
10454 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
10455 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
10456 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
10457 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
10458 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
10459 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
10460 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
10461
10462 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
10463
10464 CHANGES WITH 226:
10465
10466 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
10467 new features:
10468
10469 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
10470 information. It may be enabled and configured via
10471 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
10472 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
10473 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
10474 is any) is propagated.
10475
10476 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
10477 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
10478 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
10479 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
10480 information is enabled between host and containers by
10481 default now: the container will change its local timezone
10482 to what the host has set.
10483
10484 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
10485 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
10486
10487 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
10488 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
10489 information back, even if the server loses state.
10490
10491 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
10492 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
10493 PoolSize=.
10494
10495 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
10496 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
10497 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
10498 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
10499
10500 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
10501 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
10502 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
10503 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
10504 'dbus-daemon' systems.
10505
10506 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
10507 for virtio devices.
10508
10509 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
10510 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
10511 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
10512 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
10513 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
10514 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
10515 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
10516 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
10517 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
10518 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
10519 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
10520 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
10521 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
10522 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
10523 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
10524 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
10525 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
10526 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
10527 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
10528 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
10529 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
10530 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
10531 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
10532 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
10533 grants them.
10534
10535 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
10536 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
10537 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
10538 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
10539 group tree.
10540
10541 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
10542 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
10543 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
10544 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
10545 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
10546 work correctly in containers now.
10547
10548 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
10549 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
10550
10551 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
10552 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
10553 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
10554 function call is particularly useful when implementing
10555 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
10556
10557 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
10558 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
10559 signal events.
10560
10561 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
10562 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
10563 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
10564 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
10565
10566 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
10567 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
10568 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
10569 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
10570 nspawn command line.
10571
10572 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
10573 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
10574 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
10575 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
10576 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
10577 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
10578 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
10579 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
10580
10581 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
10582
10583 CHANGES WITH 225:
10584
10585 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
10586 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
10587 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
10588 shell directly without prompting for username or
10589 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
10590 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
10591 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
10592 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
10593 the originating session.
10594
10595 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
10596 options and allows other programs to query the values.
10597
10598 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
10599 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
10600 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
10601 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
10602 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
10603 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
10604 probably not stabilize on this release.
10605
10606 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
10607 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
10608 messages.
10609
10610 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
10611 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
10612 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
10613
10614 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
10615 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
10616
10617 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
10618 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
10619 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
10620 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
10621 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
10622 posteriori.
10623
10624 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
10625 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
10626
10627 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
10628 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
10629 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
10630 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
10631 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
10632 "lastlog" tools.
10633
10634 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
10635 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
10636 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
10637 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
10638 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
10639
10640 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
10641 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
10642 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
10643 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
10644 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
10645 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
10646 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
10647 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
10648 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
10649 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
10650 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
10651 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10652
10653 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
10654
10655 CHANGES WITH 224:
10656
10657 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
10658 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
10659
10660 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
10661 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
10662 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
10663
10664 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
10665 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10666 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
10667
10668 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
10669
10670 CHANGES WITH 223:
10671
10672 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
10673 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
10674 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
10675 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
10676
10677 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
10678 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
10679
10680 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
10681 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
10682
10683 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
10684
10685 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
10686 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
10687 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
10688
10689 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
10690 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
10691 decapsulated packet.
10692
10693 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
10694 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
10695 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
10696 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
10697 netlink attribute.
10698
10699 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
10700 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
10701 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
10702 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
10703
10704 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
10705 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
10706 according to RFC2460.
10707
10708 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
10709 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
10710
10711 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
10712 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
10713 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
10714
10715 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
10716 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
10717 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
10718 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
10719 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
10720 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
10721
10722 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
10723 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
10724 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
10725 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
10726 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
10727 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
10728 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
10729 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
10730 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
10731 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10732
10733 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
10734
10735 CHANGES WITH 222:
10736
10737 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
10738 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
10739 or should be used to work around such bugs.
10740
10741 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
10742 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
10743
10744 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
10745 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
10746 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
10747 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
10748 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
10749
10750 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
10751 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
10752 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
10753
10754 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
10755 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
10756 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
10757 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
10758 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
10759
10760 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
10761
10762 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
10763 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
10764 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
10765 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
10766 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
10767 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10768 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
10769 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
10770 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
10771 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10772
10773 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
10774
10775 CHANGES WITH 221:
10776
10777 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
10778 stable and have been added to the official interface of
10779 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
10780 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
10781 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
10782 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
10783 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
10784 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
10785 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
10786 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
10787 portable to other kernels.
10788
10789 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
10790 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
10791 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
10792 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
10793 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
10794 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
10795 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
10796 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
10797 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
10798 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
10799 systemd enabled.
10800
10801 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
10802 2.26.
10803
10804 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
10805 favor of calling an abstraction tool
10806 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
10807 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
10808 in README for details.
10809
10810 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
10811 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
10812 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
10813 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
10814 unit.
10815
10816 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
10817 into man pages.
10818
10819 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
10820 external project.
10821
10822 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
10823 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
10824
10825 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
10826 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
10827 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
10828 state.
10829
10830 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
10831 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
10832 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
10833
10834 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
10835 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
10836 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
10837 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
10838 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
10839 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
10840 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
10841 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
10842 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
10843 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
10844 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
10845 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
10846 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
10847 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
10848 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
10849 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10850
10851 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
10852
10853 CHANGES WITH 220:
10854
10855 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
10856 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
10857 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
10858 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
10859 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
10860 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
10861 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
10862 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
10863
10864 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
10865 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
10866 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
10867 service consumed). This value is only available if
10868 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
10869 in the "systemctl status" output.
10870
10871 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
10872 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
10873 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
10874 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
10875 previously was already the default behaviour).
10876
10877 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
10878 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
10879 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
10880
10881 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
10882 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
10883 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
10884 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
10885
10886 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
10887 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
10888 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
10889 journaling file systems that support external journal
10890 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
10891 systems to be mounted.
10892
10893 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
10894 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
10895 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
10896 stable release this should not be problematic.
10897
10898 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
10899 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
10900 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
10901 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
10902 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
10903
10904 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
10905 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
10906 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
10907 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
10908 network switches.
10909
10910 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
10911 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
10912
10913 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
10914 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
10915 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
10916
10917 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
10918
10919 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
10920 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
10921 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
10922 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
10923 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
10924 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
10925 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
10926 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
10927 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
10928 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
10929 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
10930 been fixed in v220.
10931
10932 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
10933 systemd-networkd.
10934
10935 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
10936 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
10937 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
10938 containers started from the command line.
10939
10940 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
10941 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
10942
10943 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
10944 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
10945 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
10946 indirection via a pseudo tty.
10947
10948 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
10949 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
10950 when shutting down.
10951
10952 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
10953 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
10954 overlayfs support.
10955
10956 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
10957 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
10958 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
10959 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
10960 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
10961 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
10962 images are imported via systemd-importd.
10963
10964 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
10965 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
10966 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
10967
10968 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
10969 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
10970 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
10971 of v1 as before).
10972
10973 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
10974 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
10975
10976 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
10977 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
10978 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
10979 without further privileges or authorization.
10980
10981 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
10982 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
10983 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
10984 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
10985 accessible via a bus interface.
10986
10987 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
10988 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
10989 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
10990 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
10991 to cover this functionality.
10992
10993 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
10994 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
10995 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
10996 disabled/masked also stopped.
10997
10998 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
10999 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
11000 updated to support systemd-boot.
11001
11002 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
11003 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
11004 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
11005 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
11006 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
11007 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
11008 like this and can extract OS release information from them
11009 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
11010 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
11011
11012 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
11013 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
11014 system.
11015
11016 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
11017 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
11018 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
11019 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
11020
11021 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
11022 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
11023 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
11024 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
11025
11026 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
11027 stick devices has been added.
11028
11029 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
11030 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
11031
11032 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
11033 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
11034 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
11035 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
11036 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
11037
11038 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
11039 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
11040 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
11041
11042 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
11043 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
11044 Debian.
11045
11046 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
11047 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
11048 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
11049
11050 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
11051 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
11052 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
11053 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
11054 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
11055 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
11056 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
11057 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
11058 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
11059 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
11060 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
11061 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
11062 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
11063 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
11064 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
11065 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
11066 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
11067 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
11068 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
11069 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
11070 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
11071 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
11072 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
11073 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
11074 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
11075 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
11076 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11077
11078 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
11079
11080 CHANGES WITH 219:
11081
11082 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
11083 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
11084 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
11085 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
11086 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
11087 interface with and update the database.
11088
11089 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
11090 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
11091 before bytewise copying is done.
11092
11093 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
11094 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
11095 directory, and immediately removed when the container
11096 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
11097 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
11098 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
11099 for starting a container off the root file system of the
11100 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
11101 available on btrfs file systems.
11102
11103 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
11104 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
11105 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
11106 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
11107 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
11108 systems.
11109
11110 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
11111 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
11112 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
11113 mount point remains.
11114
11115 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
11116 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
11117 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
11118 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
11119 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
11120 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
11121 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
11122 are disabled.
11123
11124 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
11125 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
11126 container to the host or vice versa.
11127
11128 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
11129 mount host directories into local containers. This is
11130 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
11131
11132 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
11133 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
11134
11135 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
11136 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
11137 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
11138 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
11139 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
11140 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
11141 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
11142 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
11143 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
11144 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
11145 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
11146 make the functionality of importd available to the
11147 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
11148 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
11149 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
11150 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
11151 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
11152 only fully supported on btrfs.
11153
11154 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
11155 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
11156 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
11157 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
11158 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
11159 information about images.
11160
11161 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
11162 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
11163 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
11164 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
11165 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
11166 legacy file systems).
11167
11168 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
11169 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
11170 shown in networkctl output.
11171
11172 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
11173 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
11174 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
11175 processes as system services while interactively
11176 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
11177 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
11178 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
11179 full login session, the difference being that the former
11180 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
11181 setup.
11182
11183 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
11184 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
11185 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
11186 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
11187 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
11188
11189 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
11190 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
11191 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
11192 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
11193 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
11194 via qemu/kvm.
11195
11196 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
11197 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
11198 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
11199 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
11200 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
11201 disk images, too.
11202
11203 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
11204 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
11205 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
11206 integrate with that.
11207
11208 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
11209 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
11210 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
11211 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
11212
11213 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
11214 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
11215 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
11216
11217 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
11218 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
11219 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
11220 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
11221 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
11222 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
11223 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
11224 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
11225 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
11226 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
11227
11228 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
11229 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
11230 files.
11231
11232 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
11233 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
11234 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
11235 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
11236 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
11237 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
11238 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
11239 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
11240 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
11241 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
11242 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
11243 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
11244 explicitly turned on.
11245
11246 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
11247 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
11248 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
11249 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
11250
11251 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
11252 supported.
11253
11254 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
11255 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
11256 user/session following the status output. Similar,
11257 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
11258 associated with a virtual machine or container
11259 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
11260 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
11261 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
11262 output however.)
11263
11264 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
11265 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
11266 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
11267 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
11268 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
11269 caller's session/user.
11270
11271 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
11272 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
11273 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
11274 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
11275 user services.
11276
11277 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
11278 same way as unit files.
11279
11280 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
11281 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
11282 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
11283 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
11284 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
11285 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
11286 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
11287 the host.
11288
11289 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
11290 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
11291 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
11292 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
11293 the host as if their services were running directly on the
11294 host.
11295
11296 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
11297 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
11298 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
11299 updated to make use of it too by default.
11300
11301 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
11302 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
11303 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
11304 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
11305
11306 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
11307 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
11308 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
11309 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
11310 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
11311 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
11312 modification.
11313
11314 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
11315 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
11316 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
11317 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
11318 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
11319 information about Touchpad types.
11320
11321 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
11322 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
11323
11324 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
11325 Policy link field.
11326
11327 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
11328 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
11329
11330 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
11331 ACLs on files.
11332
11333 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
11334 tmpfs, automatically.
11335
11336 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
11337 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
11338 status" output, if available.
11339
11340 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
11341 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
11342 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
11343 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
11344 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
11345 run on next reboot.
11346
11347 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
11348 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
11349 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
11350 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
11351 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
11352 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
11353 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
11354
11355 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
11356 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
11357 after a configurable timeout.
11358
11359 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
11360 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
11361 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
11362 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
11363 it non-idle.
11364
11365 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
11366 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
11367
11368 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
11369 each .network interface in networkd.
11370
11371 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
11372 in .network files.
11373
11374 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
11375 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
11376
11377 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
11378 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
11379 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
11380 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
11381 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
11382 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
11383 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
11384 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
11385 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
11386 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
11387 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
11388 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11389 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
11390 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
11391 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
11392 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
11393 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
11394 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
11395 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
11396 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
11397 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
11398 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
11399 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
11400 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11401
11402 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
11403
11404 CHANGES WITH 218:
11405
11406 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
11407 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
11408 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
11409 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
11410
11411 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
11412 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
11413 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
11414 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
11415 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
11416
11417 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
11418
11419 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
11420 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
11421 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
11422 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
11423 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
11424 modified configuration after editing.
11425
11426 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
11427 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
11428 system preset files.
11429
11430 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
11431 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
11432 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
11433 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
11434 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
11435 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
11436 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
11437 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
11438 other contexts.
11439
11440 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
11441 inhibitors.
11442
11443 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
11444 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
11445 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
11446 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
11447 managers.
11448
11449 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
11450 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
11451 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
11452 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
11453 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
11454 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
11455 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
11456 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
11457 parallel to journald.
11458
11459 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
11460 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
11461 available.
11462
11463 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
11464 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
11465 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
11466 or are not older than the specified time.
11467
11468 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
11469 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
11470 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
11471 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
11472
11473 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
11474 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
11475 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
11476 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
11477 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
11478 communication.
11479
11480 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
11481 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
11482 services.
11483
11484 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
11485 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
11486 including their signature and values. This is particularly
11487 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
11488 the new "busctl tree" command.
11489
11490 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
11491 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
11492 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
11493 friendly way.
11494
11495 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
11496 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
11497 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
11498 race-ful way.
11499
11500 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
11501 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
11502 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
11503 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
11504 --link-journal=try-guest.
11505
11506 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
11507 stable MAC addresses.
11508
11509 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
11510 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
11511 the respective unit shall use.
11512
11513 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
11514 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
11515 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
11516 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
11517
11518 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
11519 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
11520 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
11521 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
11522 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
11523 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
11524
11525 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
11526 details see:
11527
11528 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
11529
11530 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
11531 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
11532 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
11533 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
11534 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
11535 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
11536 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
11537 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
11538 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
11539 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
11540 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
11541 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
11542
11543 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
11544 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
11545 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
11546 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
11547 bluetooth, …) is used.
11548
11549 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
11550 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
11551 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
11552 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
11553 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
11554 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
11555 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
11556 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
11557
11558 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
11559 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
11560 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
11561 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
11562 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
11563 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
11564 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
11565 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
11566 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
11567 interface.
11568
11569 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
11570 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
11571 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
11572 luks.name= argument.
11573
11574 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
11575 (this was previously already available for scope and service
11576 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
11577 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
11578 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
11579 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
11580
11581 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
11582 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
11583 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
11584
11585 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
11586 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
11587 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
11588 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
11589 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
11590 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
11591 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
11592 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
11593 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
11594 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
11595 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
11596 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
11597 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
11598 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
11599 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
11600 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
11601 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
11602 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11603
11604 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
11605
11606 CHANGES WITH 217:
11607
11608 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
11609 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
11610 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
11611 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
11612
11613 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
11614 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
11615 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
11616 now waits until the operation is complete.
11617
11618 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
11619 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
11620 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
11621 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
11622 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
11623 connection.
11624
11625 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
11626 commands anymore.
11627
11628 * User units are now loaded also from
11629 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
11630 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
11631 supported, but is under the control of the user.
11632
11633 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
11634 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
11635 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
11636 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
11637 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
11638 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
11639 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
11640 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
11641 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
11642 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
11643 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
11644 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
11645 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
11646 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
11647 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
11648 question.
11649
11650 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
11651 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
11652 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
11653
11654 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
11655 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
11656 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
11657 command line to trigger resume.
11658
11659 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
11660 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
11661 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
11662 Desktop=systemd-console.
11663
11664 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
11665 systemd-networkd.
11666
11667 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
11668 from the information provided by the networking stack
11669 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
11670
11671 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
11672 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
11673
11674 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
11675 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
11676 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
11677
11678 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
11679
11680 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
11681 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
11682 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
11683 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
11684 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
11685 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
11686
11687 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
11688 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
11689 respected.
11690
11691 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
11692 virtualization.
11693
11694 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
11695 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
11696 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
11697 on.
11698
11699 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
11700
11701 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
11702
11703 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
11704 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
11705 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
11706 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
11707 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
11708 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
11709 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
11710
11711 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
11712 available for service units, that allows locking all service
11713 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
11714 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
11715 from the service's view entirely.
11716
11717 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
11718 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
11719
11720 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
11721 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
11722 session.
11723
11724 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
11725 legacy-free systems.
11726
11727 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
11728 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
11729 easily.
11730
11731 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
11732 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
11733 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
11734 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
11735 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
11736 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
11737 option.
11738
11739 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
11740 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
11741 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
11742 /usr.
11743
11744 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
11745 services, not only the main process.
11746
11747 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
11748 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
11749 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
11750 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
11751 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
11752
11753 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
11754 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
11755 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
11756 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
11757 directly from now on, again.
11758
11759 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
11760 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
11761 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
11762 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
11763 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
11764 enabling and disabling.
11765
11766 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
11767 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
11768 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
11769 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
11770 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
11771 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
11772 unnecessary or unlikely.
11773
11774 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
11775 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
11776 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
11777 "annually", "hourly", …).
11778
11779 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
11780 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
11781 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
11782 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
11783 overwritten at runtime.
11784
11785 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
11786 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
11787 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
11788 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
11789 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
11790 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
11791 segmentation fault.
11792
11793 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
11794 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
11795 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
11796 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
11797 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
11798 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
11799 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
11800 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
11801 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
11802 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
11803 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
11804 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
11805 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
11806 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
11807 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
11808 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
11809 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
11810 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
11811 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
11812 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
11813 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
11814 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11815
11816 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
11817
11818 CHANGES WITH 216:
11819
11820 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
11821 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
11822 implementations should add a
11823
11824 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
11825
11826 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
11827 default functionality.
11828
11829 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
11830 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
11831 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
11832 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
11833 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
11834 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
11835 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
11836 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
11837 files might need to be owned by them. A new
11838 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
11839 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
11840 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
11841 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
11842
11843 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
11844 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
11845 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
11846 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
11847 added eventually, too.
11848
11849 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
11850 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
11851 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
11852 new command to update these fields.
11853
11854 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
11855 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
11856 have been discovered via DHCP.
11857
11858 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
11859 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
11860 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
11861 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
11862 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
11863 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
11864 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
11865 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
11866 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
11867 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
11868 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
11869 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
11870 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
11871 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
11872 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
11873 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
11874 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
11875 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
11876 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
11877 implementation to systemd-resolved.
11878
11879 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
11880 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
11881 containers to their respective IP addresses.
11882
11883 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
11884 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
11885 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
11886 and present it to the user in a very friendly
11887 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
11888 control utility for networkd.
11889
11890 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
11891 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
11892 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
11893 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
11894 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
11895 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
11896 (NoDelay=).
11897
11898 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
11899 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
11900
11901 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
11902 be started only after time-sync.target has been
11903 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
11904 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
11905 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
11906 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
11907
11908 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
11909 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
11910 of the link.
11911
11912 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
11913 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
11914
11915 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
11916 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
11917
11918 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
11919 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
11920 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
11921 for DHCP.
11922
11923 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
11924 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
11925 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
11926 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
11927 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
11928 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
11929 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
11930 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
11931
11932 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
11933 validation of unit files.
11934
11935 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
11936 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
11937 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
11938 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
11939 address may now be configured.
11940
11941 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
11942 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
11943 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
11944 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
11945
11946 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
11947 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
11948
11949 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
11950 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
11951 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
11952 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
11953
11954 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
11955 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
11956 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
11957 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
11958 implementation.
11959
11960 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
11961 journal data to a remote system running
11962 systemd-journal-remote.
11963
11964 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
11965 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
11966 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
11967 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
11968 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
11969 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
11970 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
11971 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
11972 version, you have to turn this option on again
11973 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
11974
11975 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
11976 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
11977 better than XZ which was the previous default.
11978
11979 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
11980 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
11981
11982 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
11983 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
11984
11985 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
11986 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
11987 "systemctl status" output for a service.
11988
11989 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
11990 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
11991 hostname, root password) interactively on first
11992 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
11993 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
11994
11995 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
11996
11997 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
11998
11999 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
12000 when primary addresses are removed.
12001
12002 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
12003 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
12004 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
12005 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
12006 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
12007 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
12008 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
12009 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
12010 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
12011 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
12012 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
12013 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
12014 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
12015 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
12016 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12017
12018 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
12019
12020 CHANGES WITH 215:
12021
12022 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
12023 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
12024 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
12025 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
12026 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
12027 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
12028 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
12029 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
12030 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
12031 require.
12032
12033 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
12034 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
12035
12036 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
12037 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
12038 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
12039 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
12040 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
12041 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
12042 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
12043
12044 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
12045 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
12046 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
12047 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
12048 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
12049 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
12050 update or reset should use this condition and order
12051 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
12052 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
12053 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
12054 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
12055 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
12056 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
12057 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
12058 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
12059 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
12060
12061 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
12062
12063 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
12064 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
12065 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
12066 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
12067
12068 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
12069 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
12070 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
12071 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
12072 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
12073 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
12074 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
12075 .network files using settings of this section should be
12076 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
12077 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
12078
12079 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
12080 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
12081
12082 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
12083 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
12084 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
12085 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
12086 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
12087 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
12088 of nspawn instances.
12089
12090 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
12091 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
12092 added.
12093
12094 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
12095 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
12096 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
12097 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
12098 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
12099 configuration stored in /etc.
12100
12101 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
12102 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
12103 parsing of unknown mount options.
12104
12105 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
12106 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
12107 it already exist and not already be the correct
12108 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
12109 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
12110 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
12111 pre-existing files of different types.
12112
12113 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
12114 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
12115 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
12116 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
12117 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
12118 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
12119 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
12120
12121 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
12122 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
12123 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
12124 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
12125 shall be executed.
12126
12127 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
12128 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
12129 example whether it is fully up and running.
12130
12131 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
12132 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
12133 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
12134 reset.
12135
12136 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
12137 most basic services systemd ships by default.
12138
12139 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
12140 field for defining the default instance to create if a
12141 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
12142
12143 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
12144 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
12145 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
12146
12147 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
12148 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
12149 access to this group.
12150
12151 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
12152 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
12153 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
12154 to the journal.
12155
12156 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
12157 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
12158 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
12159 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
12160 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
12161 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
12162
12163 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
12164 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
12165 that makes sure to only show information about the most
12166 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
12167 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
12168 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
12169 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
12170 the old name to the new name.
12171
12172 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
12173 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
12174 coredumpctl without restrictions.
12175
12176 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
12177 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
12178 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
12179 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
12180 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
12181 "systemd-debug-generator".
12182
12183 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
12184 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
12185 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
12186 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
12187 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
12188 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
12189 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
12190 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
12191 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
12192 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
12193 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
12194
12195 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
12196 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
12197 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
12198 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
12199 been added to query many of these paths for the local
12200 machine and user.
12201
12202 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
12203 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
12204 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
12205 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
12206 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
12207
12208 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
12209 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
12210 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
12211 couple of drop-in directories.
12212
12213 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
12214 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
12215 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
12216 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
12217 for dev_port.
12218
12219 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
12220 container (read from /etc/os-release and
12221 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
12222 "machinectl status" for a machine.
12223
12224 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
12225 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
12226 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
12227 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
12228 Restart= setting.
12229
12230 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
12231 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
12232 directly connect to a specific container on the
12233 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
12234 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
12235 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
12236 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
12237 containers is a privileged operation.
12238
12239 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
12240 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
12241 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
12242 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
12243 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12244 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
12245 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
12246 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
12247 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
12248 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
12249 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
12250 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12251
12252 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
12253
12254 CHANGES WITH 214:
12255
12256 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
12257 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
12258 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
12259 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
12260 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
12261 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
12262 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
12263 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
12264 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
12265 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
12266 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
12267 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
12268 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
12269 devices are excluded from this logic.
12270
12271 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
12272 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
12273 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
12274 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
12275 change has been released.
12276
12277 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
12278 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
12279 libattr is thus unnecessary.
12280
12281 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
12282 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
12283 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
12284 with fewer privileges.
12285
12286 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
12287 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
12288 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
12289 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
12290
12291 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
12292 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
12293
12294 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
12295 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
12296
12297 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
12298 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
12299 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
12300
12301 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
12302 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
12303 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
12304 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
12305 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
12306 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
12307
12308 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
12309 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
12310 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
12311
12312 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
12313 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
12314 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
12315 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
12316 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
12317 modifications of user data or system files from
12318 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
12319 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
12320
12321 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
12322 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
12323 and FIFOs in the file system.
12324
12325 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
12326 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
12327 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
12328
12329 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
12330 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
12331 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
12332 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
12333 the socket itself.
12334
12335 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
12336 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
12337 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
12338 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
12339 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
12340 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
12341 symlinks, and nothing else.
12342
12343 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
12344 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
12345 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
12346 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
12347 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
12348 process (for example, the parent process). The
12349 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
12350 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
12351 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
12352 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
12353 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
12354 messages to services when the originating process already
12355 vanished.
12356
12357 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
12358 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
12359 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
12360 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
12361 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
12362 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
12363 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
12364 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
12365 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
12366 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
12367 all long-running services.
12368
12369 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
12370 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
12371 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
12372 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
12373 service.
12374
12375 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
12376 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
12377 applied to all submounts, too.
12378
12379 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
12380
12381 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
12382 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
12383 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
12384 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
12385 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
12386 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
12387 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
12388
12389 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
12390 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
12391 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
12392 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
12393 (domU) domains.
12394
12395 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
12396 files or entire directories.
12397
12398 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
12399 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
12400 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
12401 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
12402 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
12403
12404 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
12405 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
12406 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
12407 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
12408 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
12409 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
12410 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
12411 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
12412 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
12413 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
12414 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
12415 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
12416
12417 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
12418 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
12419 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
12420 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
12421
12422 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
12423 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
12424 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
12425 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
12426 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
12427 non-directories.
12428
12429 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
12430 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
12431 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
12432
12433 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
12434 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
12435 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
12436 this group.
12437
12438 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
12439 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
12440 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
12441 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
12442 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
12443 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
12444 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12445
12446 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
12447
12448 CHANGES WITH 213:
12449
12450 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
12451 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
12452 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
12453 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
12454 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
12455 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
12456 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
12457 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
12458 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
12459 client should be more than appropriate for most
12460 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
12461 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
12462 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
12463 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
12464 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
12465 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
12466 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
12467 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
12468 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
12469 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
12470 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
12471
12472 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
12473 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
12474 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
12475 part of a different namespace.
12476
12477 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
12478 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
12479 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
12480 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
12481
12482 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
12483 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
12484 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
12485
12486 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
12487 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
12488 when a service fails. This works similarly to
12489 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
12490 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
12491 restart the service in question.
12492
12493 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
12494 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
12495 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
12496 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
12497 details when running non-locally.
12498
12499 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
12500 graphs it generates.
12501
12502 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
12503 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
12504 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
12505 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
12506 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
12507
12508 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
12509
12510 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
12511 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
12512 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
12513 what it was on SysV systems.
12514
12515 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
12516 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
12517
12518 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
12519 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
12520 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
12521
12522 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
12523 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
12524 to show these addresses in its output.
12525
12526 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
12527 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
12528 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
12529 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
12530 preferred over a text one.
12531
12532 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
12533 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
12534 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
12535 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
12536 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
12537 mDNS cache.
12538
12539 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
12540 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
12541 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
12542 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
12543 of network configuration performed in some other way.
12544
12545 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
12546 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
12547 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
12548 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
12549 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
12550
12551 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
12552 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
12553 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
12554 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
12555 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
12556 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
12557 overrides any other settings.
12558
12559 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
12560 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
12561 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
12562 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
12563 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
12564 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
12565 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
12566 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
12567 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
12568 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
12569 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
12570 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
12571 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
12572 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
12573 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
12574 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
12575 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12576
12577 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
12578
12579 CHANGES WITH 212:
12580
12581 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
12582 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
12583 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
12584 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
12585 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
12586 by accident.
12587
12588 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
12589 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
12590 registered with machined.
12591
12592 * sd-login gained new calls
12593 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
12594 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
12595 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
12596 counterparts.
12597
12598 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
12599 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
12600 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
12601 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
12602 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
12603 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
12604 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
12605 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
12606 once.
12607
12608 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
12609 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
12610 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
12611
12612 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
12613 units on all local containers, when used with the
12614 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
12615 executed when no parameters are specified).
12616
12617 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
12618 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
12619 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
12620 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
12621
12622 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
12623 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
12624 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
12625 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
12626 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
12627 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
12628
12629 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
12630 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
12631 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
12632 of the container.
12633
12634 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
12635 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
12636 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
12637 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
12638 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
12639 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
12640 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
12641 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
12642
12643 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
12644 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
12645 instead of /.
12646
12647 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
12648 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
12649 emergency messages now.
12650
12651 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
12652 journal log messages across the network.
12653
12654 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
12655 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
12656 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
12657 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
12658 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
12659 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
12660 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
12661
12662 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
12663 down a local OS container.
12664
12665 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
12666 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
12667 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
12668
12669 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
12670 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
12671 this is appropriate.
12672
12673 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
12674 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
12675 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
12676
12677 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
12678 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
12679 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
12680 for debugging purposes.
12681
12682 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
12683 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
12684 in seconds.
12685
12686 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
12687 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
12688 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
12689 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
12690 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
12691 like on traditional inetd.
12692
12693 * A new system.conf configuration option
12694 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
12695 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
12696
12697 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
12698 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
12699 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
12700 do these days).
12701
12702 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
12703 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
12704 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
12705 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
12706 could not take place because the system was powered off.
12707 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
12708
12709 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
12710 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
12711 it will be triggered.
12712
12713 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
12714 addresses to its local interfaces.
12715
12716 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
12717 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
12718 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
12719 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
12720 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
12721 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
12722 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
12723 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
12724 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12725
12726 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
12727
12728 CHANGES WITH 211:
12729
12730 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
12731 added to restrict which socket address families unit
12732 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
12733 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
12734 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
12735 is built on seccomp system call filters.
12736
12737 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
12738 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
12739 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
12740 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
12741 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
12742 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
12743 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
12744 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
12745 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
12746
12747 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
12748 matching against device group names.
12749
12750 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
12751 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
12752 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
12753 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
12754 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
12755 though.
12756
12757 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
12758 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
12759 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
12760 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
12761 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
12762 (https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/)
12763 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
12764 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
12765 systems prepared appropriately.
12766
12767 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
12768 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
12769 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
12770 (see above). This means that installations made with
12771 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
12772 deployed using container managers, completely
12773 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
12774 this feature soon, too.)
12775
12776 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
12777 set up a private macvlan interface for the
12778 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
12779 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
12780
12781 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
12782 using IPv4LL.
12783
12784 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
12785 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
12786 systemd-networkd.
12787
12788 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
12789 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
12790 still not a public API though (unless you specify
12791 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
12792 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
12793
12794 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
12795 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
12796 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
12797 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
12798 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
12799 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
12800 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
12801 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
12802 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
12803 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
12804 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
12805 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
12806 users.
12807
12808 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
12809 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
12810 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
12811 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
12812 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
12813 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
12814 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
12815 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
12816 due to a closed lid.
12817
12818 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
12819 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
12820 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
12821 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
12822 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
12823 order to then act as suspend blocker.
12824
12825 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
12826 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
12827 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
12828 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
12829 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
12830
12831 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
12832 now also work in --scope mode.
12833
12834 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
12835 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
12836 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
12837 promises are made.)
12838
12839 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
12840 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
12841 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
12842 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
12843 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
12844 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
12845 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
12846 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
12847 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
12848 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12849
12850 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
12851
12852 CHANGES WITH 210:
12853
12854 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
12855 according to SMACK rules.
12856
12857 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
12858 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
12859
12860 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
12861 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
12862 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
12863
12864 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
12865 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
12866 and machine ID.
12867
12868 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
12869 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
12870 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
12871 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
12872 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
12873 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
12874 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
12875 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
12876 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
12877 backpack or similar.
12878
12879 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
12880 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
12881 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
12882 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
12883 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
12884 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
12885 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
12886 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
12887 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
12888 this on its own.
12889
12890 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
12891 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
12892 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
12893 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
12894
12895 * We will now ship a default .network file for
12896 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
12897 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
12898 --network-bridge= switches.
12899
12900 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
12901 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
12902 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
12903 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
12904 metrics, according to what is customary according to
12905 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
12906 each configuration option.
12907
12908 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
12909 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
12910 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
12911 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
12912 at once.
12913
12914 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
12915 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
12916 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
12917 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
12918 triggered by other work being done in the program.
12919
12920 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
12921 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
12922 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
12923 default however.
12924
12925 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
12926 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
12927 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
12928 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
12929 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
12930 them with systemd-networkd.
12931
12932 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
12933 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
12934 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
12935 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
12936 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
12937 is drastically increased, but given that these are
12938 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
12939 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
12940 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
12941 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
12942 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
12943 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
12944 during a transitional period!
12945
12946 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
12947 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
12948
12949 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
12950 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
12951 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
12952 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
12953 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
12954 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
12955 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
12956 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12957
12958 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
12959
12960 CHANGES WITH 209:
12961
12962 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
12963 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
12964 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
12965 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
12966 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
12967 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
12968 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
12969 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
12970 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
12971 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
12972 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
12973 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
12974
12975 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
12976 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
12977 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
12978 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
12979 machines and the like.
12980
12981 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
12982 shutdown/boot.
12983
12984 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
12985 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
12986
12987 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
12988 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
12989 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
12990 prepared for additional security frameworks.
12991
12992 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
12993 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
12994 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
12995 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
12996 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
12997 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
12998
12999 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
13000 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
13001 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
13002 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
13003 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
13004 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
13005 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
13006 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
13007 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
13008
13009 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
13010 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
13011
13012 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
13013 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
13014 implementation.
13015
13016 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
13017 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
13018 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
13019 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
13020 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
13021 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
13022 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
13023 and .service units.
13024
13025 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
13026 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
13027 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
13028
13029 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
13030 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
13031 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
13032 nothing makes use of it.
13033
13034 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
13035 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
13036 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
13037
13038 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
13039 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
13040 compatibility purposes.
13041
13042 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
13043 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
13044 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
13045 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
13046 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
13047 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
13048 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
13049 process handling.
13050
13051 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
13052 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
13053 style to "sd-bus.h".
13054
13055 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
13056 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
13057 "systemd-networkd".
13058
13059 * There is a new kernel command line option
13060 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
13061 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
13062 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
13063 are not restored.
13064
13065 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
13066 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
13067 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
13068 PID1's support for that anymore.
13069
13070 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
13071 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
13072
13073 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
13074 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
13075 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
13076 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
13077 container that is registered with machined, such as those
13078 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
13079
13080 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
13081 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
13082 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
13083 onto remote systems.
13084
13085 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
13086 login in any local container. This works with any container
13087 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
13088 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
13089
13090 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
13091 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
13092 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
13093 system of some kind.
13094
13095 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
13096 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
13097 next.
13098
13099 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
13100 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
13101 reboot() system call.
13102
13103 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
13104 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
13105 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
13106 still available but not advertised anymore.
13107
13108 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
13109 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
13110 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
13111 within each Unit.
13112
13113 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
13114 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
13115 the kernel).
13116
13117 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
13118 timestamps (following the setting in
13119 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
13120
13121 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
13122 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
13123
13124 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
13125 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
13126
13127 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
13128 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
13129 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
13130
13131 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
13132 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
13133 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
13134 the full configuration is shown.
13135
13136 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
13137 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
13138 those commands which take multiple unit names.
13139
13140 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
13141
13142 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
13143 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
13144
13145 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
13146 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
13147 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
13148 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
13149
13150 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
13151 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
13152 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
13153 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
13154
13155 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
13156 of the legend text.
13157
13158 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
13159 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
13160 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
13161 remote sessions.
13162
13163 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
13164 information of SDIO devices.
13165
13166 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
13167 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
13168 the system manager.
13169
13170 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
13171 short description of the connection parameters in the
13172 description.
13173
13174 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
13175 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
13176 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
13177 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
13178 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
13179 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
13180 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
13181
13182 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
13183 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
13184 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
13185 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
13186 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
13187 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
13188 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
13189 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
13190 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
13191
13192 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
13193 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
13194 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
13195 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
13196 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
13197 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
13198 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
13199 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
13200 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
13201 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
13202 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
13203 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
13204 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
13205 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
13206 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
13207 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
13208 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
13209 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
13210 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
13211 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
13212 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
13213 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
13214 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
13215
13216 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
13217 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
13218 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
13219 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
13220 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
13221 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
13222 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
13223 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
13224 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
13225 that you are aware of the instability of the current
13226 APIs.
13227
13228 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
13229 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
13230 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
13231 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
13232 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
13233 declare the APIs stable.
13234
13235 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
13236 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
13237 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
13238 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
13239 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
13240 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
13241 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
13242 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
13243 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
13244 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
13245 one of them is updated.
13246
13247 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
13248 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
13249 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
13250 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
13251 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
13252
13253 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
13254 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
13255 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
13256 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
13257 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
13258 entry points.
13259
13260 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
13261 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
13262 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
13263 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
13264 been disabled at compile-time.
13265
13266 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
13267 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
13268 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
13269 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
13270
13271 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
13272 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
13273 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
13274
13275 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
13276 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
13277 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
13278
13279 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
13280 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
13281 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
13282
13283 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
13284 remains until jobs expire.
13285
13286 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
13287 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
13288 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
13289 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
13290 all remaining processes of the service.
13291
13292 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
13293 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
13294 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
13295 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
13296 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
13297 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
13298 manager process which created them takes no further
13299 responsibilities for it.
13300
13301 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
13302 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
13303 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
13304 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
13305 marked executable or world-writable.
13306
13307 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
13308 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
13309 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
13310 "--setenv=" for consistency.
13311
13312 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
13313 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
13314 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
13315 independent of the host.
13316
13317 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
13318 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
13319 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
13320 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
13321
13322 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
13323 with specific SELinux labels set.
13324
13325 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
13326 any additional output but the container's own console
13327 output.
13328
13329 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
13330 container without PID namespacing enabled.
13331
13332 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
13333 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
13334 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
13335 OS images, but only specific apps.
13336
13337 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
13338 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
13339 results in registration of the unit service itself in
13340 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
13341
13342 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
13343 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
13344 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
13345 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
13346 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
13347 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
13348
13349 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
13350 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
13351 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
13352 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
13353 units to use.
13354
13355 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
13356 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
13357 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
13358 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
13359
13360 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
13361 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
13362 context for a service.
13363
13364 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
13365 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
13366 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
13367 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
13368 influence this logic.
13369
13370 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
13371 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
13372 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
13373 other things.
13374
13375 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
13376 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
13377 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
13378 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
13379 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
13380 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
13381 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
13382 architectures). There is also a global
13383 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
13384 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
13385
13386 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
13387 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
13388
13389 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
13390 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
13391 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
13392 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
13393 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
13394 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
13395 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
13396 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
13397 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
13398 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
13399 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
13400 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
13401 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13402 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
13403 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
13404 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
13405 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
13406 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
13407 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
13408 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
13409 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
13410 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
13411 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
13412 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13413
13414 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
13415
13416 CHANGES WITH 208:
13417
13418 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
13419 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
13420 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
13421 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
13422 access input and drm devices which are normally
13423 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
13424 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
13425 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
13426 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
13427 session switching without allowing background sessions to
13428 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
13429 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
13430 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
13431
13432 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
13433 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
13434 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
13435
13436 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
13437 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
13438 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
13439 kernel version number.
13440
13441 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
13442 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
13443 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
13444
13445 * This release removes high-level support for the
13446 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
13447 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
13448 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
13449 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
13450
13451 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
13452 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
13453 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
13454 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
13455 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
13456 cgroup system.
13457
13458 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
13459 messages containing the slice a message was generated
13460 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
13461 logs among other things.
13462
13463 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
13464 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
13465 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
13466 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
13467 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
13468 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
13469 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
13470 journald which would be necessary to resolve
13471 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
13472 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
13473 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
13474 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
13475 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
13476 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
13477 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
13478 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
13479 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
13480 not delayed until next reboot.
13481
13482 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
13483 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
13484 systemd generated files in one directory.
13485
13486 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
13487 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
13488 performance information if that's available to determine how
13489 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
13490 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
13491 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
13492
13493 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
13494 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
13495 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
13496 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13497 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
13498 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
13499 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13500
13501 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
13502
13503 CHANGES WITH 207:
13504
13505 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
13506 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
13507 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
13508 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
13509
13510 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
13511 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
13512 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
13513 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
13514 specified on the kernel command line less important.
13515
13516 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
13517 retrieve the VT number of a session.
13518
13519 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
13520 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
13521 maximum number of tries.
13522
13523 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
13524 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
13525 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
13526
13527 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
13528 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
13529
13530 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
13531 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
13532 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
13533
13534 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
13535 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
13536 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
13537
13538 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
13539 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
13540 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
13541 and type).
13542
13543 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
13544 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
13545
13546 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
13547 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
13548 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
13549 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
13550
13551 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
13552 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
13553 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
13554 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
13555 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
13556 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
13557 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
13558 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
13559
13560 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
13561 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
13562 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
13563 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
13564
13565 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
13566 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
13567 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
13568 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
13569 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
13570 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
13571 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
13572
13573 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
13574 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
13575
13576 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
13577 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
13578 automatically after the process terminated.
13579
13580 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
13581 certain paths from operation.
13582
13583 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
13584 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
13585 is received.
13586
13587 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
13588 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
13589 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
13590 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
13591 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
13592 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
13593 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
13594 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
13595 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
13596 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
13597 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
13598 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
13599 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13600
13601 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
13602
13603 CHANGES WITH 206:
13604
13605 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
13606 concepts introduced with 205.
13607
13608 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
13609 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
13610 -r".
13611
13612 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
13613 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
13614 --state= parameter.
13615
13616 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
13617 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
13618 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
13619 the journal.
13620
13621 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
13622 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
13623 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
13624
13625 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
13626 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
13627 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
13628 browsing logs from that point on.
13629
13630 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
13631 of an FSS key.
13632
13633 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
13634 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
13635 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
13636 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
13637 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
13638 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
13639 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
13640 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
13641 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
13642 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
13643 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
13644 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
13645 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
13646 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
13647
13648 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
13649 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
13650 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
13651 backing module right-away.
13652
13653 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
13654 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
13655
13656 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
13657 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
13658
13659 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
13660 set of processes in the message metadata.
13661
13662 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
13663
13664 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
13665 support for passing performance data via environment
13666 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
13667 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
13668 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
13669 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
13670 deserialize it again.
13671
13672 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
13673 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
13674 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
13675 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
13676
13677 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
13678 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
13679 completely silent shutdown when used.
13680
13681 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
13682 option in .socket units.
13683
13684 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
13685 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
13686 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
13687 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
13688 system.slice as before.
13689
13690 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
13691
13692 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
13693 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
13694 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13695 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
13696 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
13697 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
13698 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13699
13700 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
13701
13702 CHANGES WITH 205:
13703
13704 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
13705
13706 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
13707 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
13708 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
13709 possible for system services and applications to group their
13710 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
13711 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
13712 together, or apply resource limits on them.
13713
13714 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
13715 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
13716 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
13717 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
13718 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
13719
13720 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
13721 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
13722 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
13723 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
13724
13725 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
13726 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
13727 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
13728 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
13729 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
13730 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
13731 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
13732 and useful as a general batch manager.
13733
13734 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
13735 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
13736 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
13737 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
13738 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
13739 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
13740 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
13741 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
13742 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
13743 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
13744
13745 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
13746 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
13747 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
13748 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
13749 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
13750 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
13751 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
13752 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
13753 is compile-time optional.
13754
13755 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
13756 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
13757 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
13758 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
13759 well as slice units.
13760
13761 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
13762 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
13763 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
13764 but will be extended later on to make more properties
13765 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
13766 command that wraps this call.
13767
13768 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
13769 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
13770 while configuring a number of settings via the command
13771 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
13772 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
13773 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
13774 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
13775
13776 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
13777 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
13778 off audit.
13779
13780 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
13781 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
13782
13783 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
13784 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
13785 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
13786 and system logs.
13787
13788 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
13789 snippets extending unit files.
13790
13791 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
13792 not available as public API.
13793
13794 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
13795 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
13796 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
13797
13798 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
13799 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
13800 controls what to boot into by default.
13801
13802 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
13803 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
13804
13805 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
13806 generators needed for execution, as well as information
13807 about the unit file loading.
13808
13809 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
13810 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
13811 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
13812 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
13813 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
13814 racy due to journal file rotation.
13815
13816 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
13817 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
13818 all services.
13819
13820 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
13821 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
13822 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
13823 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
13824 system services want to log events about specific client
13825 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
13826 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
13827 unit is requested.
13828
13829 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
13830 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
13831 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
13832 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
13833 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
13834 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13835 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
13836 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
13837 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
13838 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
13839 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
13840 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
13841 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
13842
13843 CHANGES WITH 204:
13844
13845 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
13846 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
13847
13848 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
13849 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
13850 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
13851
13852 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
13853 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13854
13855 CHANGES WITH 203:
13856
13857 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
13858 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
13859
13860 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
13861 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
13862 fields, including the root directory.
13863
13864 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
13865 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
13866 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
13867 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
13868 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
13869 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
13870 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
13871 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
13872 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
13873 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
13874 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
13875
13876 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
13877 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
13878
13879 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
13880 have taken an inhibitor lock.
13881
13882 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
13883 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
13884 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
13885 the local hostname.
13886
13887 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
13888 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
13889 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
13890 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
13891 VMs/containers coming and going.
13892
13893 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
13894 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
13895 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
13896
13897 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
13898 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
13899 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
13900 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
13901
13902 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
13903 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
13904 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
13905
13906 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
13907 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
13908 services. With the container's root directory in
13909 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
13910 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
13911
13912 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
13913 the processes within a certain container.
13914
13915 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
13916 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
13917 check though. Patches welcome!
13918
13919 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
13920 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
13921 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
13922 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
13923 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
13924
13925 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
13926 the passed argument if applicable.
13927
13928 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
13929 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
13930 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
13931 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
13932 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
13933 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
13934 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
13935 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13936
13937 CHANGES WITH 202:
13938
13939 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
13940 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
13941 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
13942 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
13943 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
13944 units activate.
13945
13946 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
13947 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
13948 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
13949 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
13950 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
13951 for now, and not installable.
13952
13953 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
13954 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
13955 can run in conjunction with udev.
13956
13957 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
13958 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
13959 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
13960 session manager.
13961
13962 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
13963 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
13964 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
13965 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
13966 services, user processes and containers/virtual
13967 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
13968 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
13969 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
13970 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
13971 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
13972 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
13973
13974 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
13975
13976 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
13977 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
13978 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
13979 logical expressions.
13980
13981 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
13982 switches.
13983
13984 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
13985 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
13986 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
13987 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
13988 the user.
13989
13990 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
13991 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
13992 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
13993 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
13994 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
13995 an entry.
13996
13997 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
13998 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13999 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
14000 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
14001 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
14002 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14003
14004 CHANGES WITH 201:
14005
14006 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
14007 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
14008 directory.
14009
14010 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
14011 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
14012 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
14013 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
14014 problem.
14015
14016 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
14017 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
14018 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
14019 before the key file is attempted to be read.
14020
14021 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
14022 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
14023
14024 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
14025 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
14026 files in this context are files such as
14027 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
14028
14029 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
14030 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
14031 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
14032 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
14033 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
14034 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
14035
14036 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
14037 hostnames.
14038
14039 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
14040 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
14041 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
14042 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
14043 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
14044 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
14045 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
14046 all time-related output of systemd.
14047
14048 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
14049 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
14050 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
14051 loops.
14052
14053 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
14054 (models, layouts, variants, options).
14055
14056 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
14057 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
14058 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
14059 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
14060 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
14061
14062 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
14063 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
14064 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
14065 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
14066 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
14067 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
14068 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
14069
14070 CHANGES WITH 200:
14071
14072 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
14073 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
14074 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
14075 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
14076 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
14077 middle ground between physical and access time order.
14078
14079 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
14080 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
14081 images.
14082
14083 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
14084 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
14085 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14086
14087 CHANGES WITH 199:
14088
14089 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
14090
14091 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
14092 security policy.
14093
14094 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
14095 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
14096 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
14097 shared by all processes of a service (which means
14098 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
14099 the same service can still access). When a service is
14100 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
14101 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
14102 this though).
14103
14104 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
14105 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
14106 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
14107 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
14108 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
14109 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
14110
14111 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
14112 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
14113
14114 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
14115 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
14116
14117 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
14118
14119 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
14120 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
14121 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
14122 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
14123 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
14124
14125 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
14126 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
14127 system is to be mounted.
14128
14129 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
14130 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
14131 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
14132 purpose for socket units.
14133
14134 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
14135 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
14136
14137 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
14138 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
14139 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
14140 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
14141 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
14142
14143 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
14144 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
14145 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
14146 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
14147 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
14148 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
14149 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
14150 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
14151 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14152
14153 CHANGES WITH 198:
14154
14155 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
14156 files without having to edit/override the unit files
14157 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
14158 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
14159 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
14160 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
14161 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
14162 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
14163 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
14164 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
14165 unit files locally: copying the files from
14166 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
14167 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
14168 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
14169 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
14170 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
14171 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
14172 for them too.
14173
14174 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
14175 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
14176 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
14177 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
14178 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
14179 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
14180 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
14181 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
14182 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
14183
14184 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
14185 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
14186
14187 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
14188 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
14189 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
14190 other users.
14191
14192 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
14193 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
14194 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
14195 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
14196 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
14197 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
14198 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
14199 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
14200 management logic is also available to other programs via the
14201 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
14202 supported.
14203
14204 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
14205 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
14206 the foreground VT.
14207
14208 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
14209 call.
14210
14211 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
14212 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
14213 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
14214 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
14215 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
14216 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
14217 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
14218 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
14219 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
14220 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
14221 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
14222 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
14223 also been removed.
14224
14225 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
14226 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
14227 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
14228 objects themselves.
14229
14230 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
14231
14232 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
14233 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
14234 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
14235 to how this is supported in shells.
14236
14237 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
14238 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
14239 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
14240 user systemd instance.
14241
14242 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
14243 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
14244 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
14245 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
14246 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
14247 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
14248 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
14249 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
14250 one day for good in the kernel.
14251
14252 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
14253 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
14254 container.
14255
14256 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
14257 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
14258 the host into the container.
14259
14260 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
14261 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
14262 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
14263 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
14264 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
14265 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
14266
14267 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
14268
14269 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
14270 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
14271 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
14272 configured to be mounted there.
14273
14274 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
14275 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
14276 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
14277 system resume events.
14278
14279 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
14280 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
14281 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
14282 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
14283
14284 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
14285 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
14286 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
14287 card).
14288
14289 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
14290 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
14291 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
14292
14293 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
14294 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
14295 later "change" event.
14296
14297 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
14298 now carry a message ID.
14299
14300 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
14301 continues to be work in progress.
14302
14303 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
14304 root directory to operate relative to.
14305
14306 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
14307 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
14308 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
14309 times a little.
14310
14311 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
14312 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
14313 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
14314 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
14315 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
14316 request boot into firmware operations.
14317
14318 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
14319 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
14320 correctly in initrds.
14321
14322 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
14323 compile time optional via a configure switch.
14324
14325 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
14326 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
14327
14328 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
14329 the status of all active or failed units.
14330
14331 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
14332 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
14333 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
14334 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
14335 requests more robust.
14336
14337 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
14338 reading journal files.
14339
14340 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
14341 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
14342
14343 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION
14344
14345 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
14346 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
14347
14348 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
14349 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
14350 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
14351 socket activation in daemons.
14352
14353 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
14354 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
14355
14356 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
14357 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
14358 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
14359
14360 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
14361 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
14362 system units.
14363
14364 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
14365 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
14366 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
14367
14368 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
14369 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
14370 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
14371 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
14372 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
14373 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
14374 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
14375 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
14376 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
14377 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
14378 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
14379 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
14380 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
14381 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
14382 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
14383 package installation time.
14384
14385 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
14386 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
14387 scripts need to create these system user/group at
14388 installation time.
14389
14390 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
14391 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
14392
14393 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
14394
14395 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
14396 available.
14397
14398 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
14399 load SMACK policies at early boot.
14400
14401 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
14402 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
14403 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
14404 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
14405 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
14406 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
14407 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
14408 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
14409 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
14410 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
14411 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
14412 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
14413 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
14414 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
14415
14416 CHANGES WITH 197:
14417
14418 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
14419 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
14420 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
14421 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
14422 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
14423 a Thursday or a Friday. This brings timer event support
14424 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
14425 the supported calendar time specification language see
14426 systemd.time(7).
14427
14428 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
14429 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
14430 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
14431 document for details:
14432
14433 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.html
14434
14435 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
14436 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
14437 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
14438 implementations around and minimal in its code and
14439 dependencies.
14440
14441 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
14442 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
14443 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
14444 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
14445 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
14446 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
14447 with a configure switch.
14448
14449 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
14450 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
14451 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
14452 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
14453 such as ext4.
14454
14455 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
14456 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
14457 identities are attached to the devices as well.
14458
14459 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
14460 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
14461
14462 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
14463 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
14464 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
14465 using only core OS tools.
14466
14467 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
14468 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
14469 implementation of socket activated nspawn
14470 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
14471 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
14472 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
14473 eventually.
14474
14475 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
14476 presenting log data.
14477
14478 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
14479 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
14480
14481 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
14482 system on idle.
14483
14484 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
14485 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
14486 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
14487 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
14488 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
14489 information if possible.
14490
14491 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
14492 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
14493 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
14494
14495 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
14496 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
14497 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
14498 is running on battery power.
14499
14500 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
14501 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
14502 is in the "failed" state.
14503
14504 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
14505 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
14506 environment files at once.
14507
14508 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
14509 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
14510 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
14511 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
14512 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
14513 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
14514 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
14515 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
14516 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
14517 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
14518 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
14519 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
14520 pieces of code locally from the git history.
14521
14522 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
14523 log the unit name in the message meta data.
14524
14525 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
14526 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
14527
14528 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
14529 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
14530 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
14531 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
14532 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
14533 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
14534 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
14535 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
14536 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
14537 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
14538 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
14539 shipped from us upstream.
14540
14541 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
14542 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
14543 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
14544 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
14545 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14546 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
14547 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
14548 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
14549 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
14550 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
14551 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
14552 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
14553 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14554
14555 CHANGES WITH 196:
14556
14557 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
14558 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
14559 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
14560 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
14561 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
14562 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
14563 becoming the one central database for non-essential
14564 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
14565 database was only attached to select devices, since the
14566 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
14567 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
14568 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
14569 data for all devices where this is available, by
14570 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
14571 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
14572 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
14573 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
14574 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
14575 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
14576
14577 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
14578 indexed database to link up additional information with
14579 journal entries. For further details please check:
14580
14581 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
14582
14583 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
14584 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
14585 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
14586 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
14587 macro for this purpose.
14588
14589 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
14590 Python logging framework.
14591
14592 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
14593 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
14594 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
14595 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
14596 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
14597 time intervals.
14598
14599 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
14600 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
14601 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
14602
14603 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
14604 right-away on the selected coredump.
14605
14606 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
14607 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
14608 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
14609
14610 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
14611 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
14612 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
14613 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
14614
14615 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
14616 default.
14617
14618 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
14619 SMACK security label.
14620
14621 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
14622 daylight saving change.
14623
14624 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
14625 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
14626 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
14627 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
14628 distributions who still need support this to either continue
14629 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
14630 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
14631
14632 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
14633 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
14634 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
14635 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
14636 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
14637 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
14638 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
14639
14640 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
14641 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
14642
14643 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
14644 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
14645 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
14646 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
14647 offline updating tools.
14648
14649 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
14650 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
14651 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
14652 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
14653 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
14654 directories for packages to place various data files in.
14655
14656 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
14657 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
14658
14659 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
14660 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
14661 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
14662 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
14663 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
14664 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
14665 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
14666 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
14667 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14668
14669 CHANGES WITH 195:
14670
14671 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
14672 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
14673 units via --unit=/-u.
14674
14675 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
14676 right thing.
14677
14678 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
14679 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
14680 rotation.
14681
14682 * The journal will now index the available field values for
14683 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
14684 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
14685 completion of journalctl has been updated
14686 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
14687 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
14688
14689 * More service events are now written as structured messages
14690 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
14691
14692 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
14693 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
14694 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
14695 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
14696 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
14697 these settings from the command line now, especially since
14698 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
14699 completion.
14700
14701 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
14702 extract coredumps from the journal.
14703
14704 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
14705 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
14706 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
14707 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
14708 scratch their heads.
14709
14710 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
14711 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
14712
14713 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
14714 in immediate termination of systemd.
14715
14716 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
14717 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
14718
14719 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
14720 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
14721 mouse screen support has been added.
14722
14723 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
14724 Server-Sent-Events as output.
14725
14726 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
14727 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
14728 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
14729 "systemctl reload".
14730
14731 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
14732 -u" instead.
14733
14734 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
14735 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
14736 configured.
14737
14738 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
14739 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
14740
14741 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
14742 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
14743 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
14744 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
14745 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
14746 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
14747 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
14748
14749 CHANGES WITH 194:
14750
14751 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
14752 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
14753 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
14754 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
14755 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
14756 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
14757 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
14758 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
14759 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
14760 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
14761 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
14762 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
14763
14764 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
14765 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
14766 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14767
14768 CHANGES WITH 193:
14769
14770 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
14771 starting from the specified location in the journal.
14772
14773 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
14774 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
14775 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
14776
14777 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
14778 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
14779 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
14780 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
14781 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
14782 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
14783 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
14784
14785 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
14786 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
14787
14788 This will download the journal contents in a
14789 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
14790
14791 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
14792
14793 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
14794 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
14795 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
14796 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
14797 screenshot of this app in its current state:
14798
14799 https://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
14800
14801 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
14802 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
14803
14804 CHANGES WITH 192:
14805
14806 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
14807 too.
14808
14809 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
14810 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
14811 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
14812 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
14813 just start them.
14814
14815 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
14816 and line break accordingly.
14817
14818 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14819 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
14820
14821 CHANGES WITH 191:
14822
14823 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
14824 container environment, copying the host's timezone
14825 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
14826 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
14827 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
14828
14829 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
14830 will default to 10 if omitted.
14831
14832 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
14833 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
14834 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
14835 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
14836 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
14837
14838 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
14839 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
14840 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
14841 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
14842 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
14843 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
14844 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
14845
14846 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
14847 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
14848 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
14849 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
14850 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
14851 into two.
14852
14853 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
14854 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
14855
14856 CHANGES WITH 190:
14857
14858 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
14859 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
14860 "systemctl status".
14861
14862 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
14863 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
14864 system to another place in the same file system could not be
14865 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
14866 field.)
14867
14868 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
14869 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
14870 default.
14871
14872 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
14873 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
14874 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
14875 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
14876 in a container.
14877
14878 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
14879 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
14880 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
14881 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
14882 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
14883 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
14884
14885 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
14886 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
14887 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
14888 no-op.
14889
14890 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
14891 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
14892 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
14893 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
14894 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
14895
14896 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
14897 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
14898
14899 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
14900 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
14901 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
14902 command.
14903
14904 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
14905 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
14906 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
14907
14908 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
14909
14910 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
14911 multiple files at once.
14912
14913 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
14914 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
14915 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
14916 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
14917 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
14918 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
14919 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
14920
14921 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
14922 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
14923 now support specifiers as well.
14924
14925 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
14926 dir: %_presetdir.
14927
14928 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
14929 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
14930
14931 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
14932 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
14933 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
14934 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
14935 anymore.
14936
14937 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
14938 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
14939 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
14940 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
14941
14942 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
14943 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
14944 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
14945
14946 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
14947 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
14948 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
14949 sockets.
14950
14951 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
14952 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
14953 is changed.
14954
14955 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
14956 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
14957 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
14958 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
14959 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
14960 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
14961 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
14962
14963 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
14964
14965 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
14966 the unit file label and client process label into account.
14967
14968 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
14969 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
14970
14971 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
14972 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
14973 (%b).
14974
14975 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
14976 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
14977 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14978 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
14979 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
14980 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
14981 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14982
14983 CHANGES WITH 189:
14984
14985 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
14986 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
14987
14988 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
14989 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
14990 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
14991 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
14992 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
14993 syslog daemons again.
14994
14995 * The libudev API gained the new
14996 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
14997
14998 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
14999 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
15000 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
15001 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
15002
15003 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
15004 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
15005 container.
15006
15007 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
15008 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
15009 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
15010 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
15011 this explaining it in more detail.
15012
15013 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
15014 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
15015 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
15016 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
15017
15018 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
15019 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
15020 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
15021 journal files.
15022
15023 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
15024 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
15025 as container init process a lot more fun.
15026
15027 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
15028 entries.
15029
15030 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
15031 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
15032 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
15033 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
15034 different sets of services.
15035
15036 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
15037 failure state.
15038
15039 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
15040 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
15041 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15042
15043 CHANGES WITH 188:
15044
15045 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
15046 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
15047 tree a lot more organized.
15048
15049 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
15050 may be used to group services in a natural way.
15051
15052 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
15053 services.
15054
15055 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
15056 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
15057 filtering by log level now.
15058
15059 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
15060 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
15061 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
15062
15063 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
15064 command lines involving service unit names.
15065
15066 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
15067 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
15068
15069 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
15070 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
15071 and encodes structured information about the error number.
15072
15073 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
15074 option.
15075
15076 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
15077 a shutdown is cancelled.
15078
15079 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
15080 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
15081 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
15082 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
15083 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
15084
15085 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
15086 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
15087 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
15088 for display managers instead.
15089
15090 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
15091 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
15092 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
15093 protection, and suchlike.
15094
15095 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
15096 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
15097 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
15098 the service.
15099
15100 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
15101 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
15102 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
15103 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
15104 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
15105 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15106
15107 CHANGES WITH 187:
15108
15109 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
15110 pages.
15111
15112 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
15113 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
15114 data loss.
15115
15116 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
15117 option.
15118
15119 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
15120
15121 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
15122 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
15123
15124 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
15125 specific directory.
15126
15127 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
15128 messages of two different boots.
15129
15130 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
15131 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
15132 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
15133
15134 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
15135 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
15136 disjunctions.
15137
15138 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
15139 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
15140 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
15141
15142 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
15143 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
15144 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
15145
15146 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
15147 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
15148 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
15149 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
15150 speed things up a bit.
15151
15152 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
15153 header data of journal files.
15154
15155 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
15156 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
15157 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
15158
15159 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
15160 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
15161 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
15162 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
15163
15164 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
15165
15166 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
15167 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
15168 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
15169 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15170
15171 CHANGES WITH 186:
15172
15173 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
15174 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
15175 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
15176 prefixed with rd.
15177
15178 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
15179 automatically generated at boot. Use:
15180
15181 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
15182
15183 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
15184
15185 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
15186
15187 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
15188 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
15189 as well.
15190
15191 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
15192 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
15193 in all appropriate directories automatically.
15194
15195 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
15196 does the right thing. Example:
15197
15198 udevadm info /dev/sda
15199 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
15200
15201 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
15202 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
15203 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
15204 running.
15205
15206 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
15207 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
15208
15209 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
15210 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
15211
15212 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
15213 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
15214 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
15215 files.
15216
15217 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
15218 be stopped that is not loaded.
15219
15220 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
15221
15222 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
15223
15224 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
15225 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
15226 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
15227 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
15228
15229 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
15230 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
15231 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
15232 completed initialization.
15233
15234 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
15235
15236 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
15237 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
15238 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
15239 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
15240 distributions.
15241
15242 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
15243 always valid when services log to the journal via
15244 STDOUT/STDERR.
15245
15246 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
15247 command line options we understand.
15248
15249 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
15250 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
15251
15252 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
15253 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
15254
15255 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
15256 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
15257 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
15258 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
15259
15260 systemctl status /home
15261 systemctl status /dev/sda
15262
15263 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
15264 system.conf parsing.
15265
15266 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
15267 Manager object.
15268
15269 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
15270
15271 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
15272
15273 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
15274 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
15275 complete.
15276
15277 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
15278 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
15279 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
15280 systemd-fsck@.service.
15281
15282 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
15283 Manager object.
15284
15285 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
15286 work sensibly.
15287
15288 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
15289 we actually understand.
15290
15291 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
15292 additional capabilities to the container.
15293
15294 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
15295 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
15296 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
15297
15298 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
15299 the current boot only.
15300
15301 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
15302 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
15303
15304 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
15305 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
15306 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
15307 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
15308 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
15309
15310 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
15311
15312 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
15313 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
15314 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
15315 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
15316
15317 CHANGES WITH 185:
15318
15319 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
15320 available.
15321
15322 * Several new man pages have been added.
15323
15324 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
15325 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
15326 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
15327 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
15328
15329 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
15330 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
15331
15332 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
15333 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
15334 Matthias Clasen
15335
15336 CHANGES WITH 184:
15337
15338 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
15339 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
15340
15341 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
15342 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
15343 daemon.
15344
15345 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
15346 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
15347
15348 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
15349 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
15350 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
15351 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
15352
15353 CHANGES WITH 183:
15354
15355 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
15356 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
15357 and systemd's most recent version number.
15358
15359 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
15360 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
15361 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
15362 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
15363 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
15364 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
15365
15366 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
15367 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
15368 subsystems.
15369
15370 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
15371 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
15372 used to subscribe to events.
15373
15374 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
15375 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
15376 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
15377 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
15378 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
15379 forked by udev rules.
15380
15381 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
15382 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
15383 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
15384 it.
15385
15386 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
15387 udev_monitor_from_socket()
15388 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
15389 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
15390 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
15391
15392 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
15393 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
15394
15395 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
15396 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
15397 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
15398 the files to the new names on upgrade.
15399
15400 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
15401 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
15402 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
15403 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
15404 to be used as drop-in files.
15405
15406 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
15407 particular suspending and hibernating.
15408
15409 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
15410 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
15411 about this in more detail.
15412
15413 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
15414 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
15415 places). Distributions which have not converted these
15416 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
15417 from git history and add them downstream.
15418
15419 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
15420 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
15421 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
15422 units.
15423
15424 * All smaller setup units (such as
15425 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
15426 are run in a container and are skipped when
15427 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
15428 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
15429
15430 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
15431 integrated, for details see:
15432 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.offline-updates.html
15433
15434 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
15435 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
15436 messages.
15437
15438 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
15439 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
15440 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
15441 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
15442 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
15443
15444 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
15445 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
15446 for all units started by PID 1.
15447
15448 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
15449 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
15450 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
15451
15452 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
15453 of PID 1 anymore.
15454
15455 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
15456 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
15457 have not been read by systemd yet.
15458
15459 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
15460 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
15461 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
15462 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
15463 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
15464 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
15465
15466 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
15467 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
15468
15469 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
15470
15471 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
15472 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
15473 so sexy.
15474
15475 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
15476 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
15477 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
15478 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
15479 patterns.
15480
15481 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
15482 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
15483 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
15484 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
15485
15486 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
15487 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
15488
15489 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
15490 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
15491 in systemd now.
15492
15493 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
15494 ID on the command line.
15495
15496 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
15497 for an init system.
15498
15499 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
15500 vt100.
15501
15502 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
15503
15504 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
15505 components now have directories of their own.
15506
15507 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
15508
15509 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
15510 container in other hierarchies.
15511
15512 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
15513 system.conf.
15514
15515 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
15516
15517 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
15518 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
15519
15520 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
15521 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
15522
15523 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
15524 locally generated journal files.
15525
15526 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
15527
15528 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
15529
15530 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
15531 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
15532 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
15533 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
15534 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
15535 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
15536 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
15537 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
15538 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
15539 Gundersen
15540
15541 CHANGES WITH 44:
15542
15543 * This is mostly a bugfix release
15544
15545 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
15546 KVM or container configured UUID.
15547
15548 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
15549
15550 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
15551
15552 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
15553 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
15554
15555 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
15556
15557 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
15558 folks
15559
15560 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
15561 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
15562 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
15563
15564 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
15565 configuration
15566
15567 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
15568 free fashion
15569
15570 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
15571 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
15572 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
15573 automatically generated data.
15574
15575 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
15576 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
15577 however.
15578
15579 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
15580 tarball.
15581
15582 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
15583 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
15584 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
15585 Reding
15586
15587 CHANGES WITH 43:
15588
15589 * This is mostly a bugfix release
15590
15591 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
15592
15593 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
15594
15595 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
15596 normal user logins.
15597
15598 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
15599 Biebl
15600
15601 CHANGES WITH 42:
15602
15603 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
15604
15605 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
15606 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
15607 xsltproc.
15608
15609 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
15610 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
15611 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
15612
15613 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
15614 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
15615 reboot can automatically be triggered.
15616
15617 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
15618
15619 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
15620 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
15621 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
15622
15623 CHANGES WITH 41:
15624
15625 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
15626 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
15627 package update.
15628
15629 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
15630 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
15631 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
15632
15633 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
15634 complete.
15635
15636 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
15637 understood to set system wide environment variables
15638 dynamically at boot.
15639
15640 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
15641
15642 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
15643 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
15644 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
15645 files.
15646
15647 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15648 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
15649 William Douglas
15650
15651 CHANGES WITH 40:
15652
15653 * This is mostly a bugfix release
15654
15655 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
15656 "Result" D-Bus property.
15657
15658 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
15659 the next few releases.)
15660
15661 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
15662 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
15663 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
15664 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
15665
15666 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
15667 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
15668 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
15669
15670 CHANGES WITH 39:
15671
15672 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
15673 bugfixes.
15674
15675 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
15676 resource usage.
15677
15678 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
15679 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
15680 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
15681 journals by the respective users.
15682
15683 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
15684 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
15685 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
15686
15687 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
15688 client for all entries.
15689
15690 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
15691
15692 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
15693 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
15694
15695 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
15696 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
15697 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
15698 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
15699
15700 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
15701 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
15702 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
15703
15704 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
15705 journal along with meta data.
15706
15707 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
15708 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
15709 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
15710
15711 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
15712 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
15713 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
15714
15715 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
15716
15717 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
15718 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
15719 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
15720 or fsck.
15721
15722 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
15723 requested with new -k switch.
15724
15725 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15726 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
15727
15728 CHANGES WITH 38:
15729
15730 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
15731 bugfixes.
15732
15733 * The git repository moved to:
15734 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
15735 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
15736
15737 * First release with the journal
15738 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
15739
15740 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
15741 systemd-stdout-bridge.
15742
15743 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
15744
15745 * Many systemadm clean-ups
15746
15747 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
15748 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
15749 remote mounts.
15750
15751 * Added Mageia support
15752
15753 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
15754
15755 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
15756 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
15757 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
15758 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
15759 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
15760
15761 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
15762 of existing distributions.
15763
15764 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
15765 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
15766
15767 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
15768 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
15769 boot.
15770
15771 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
15772
15773 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
15774 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
15775 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
15776 among other things.
15777
15778 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
15779 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
15780
15781 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
15782
15783 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
15784 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
15785 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
15786
15787 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
15788 restored.
15789
15790 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
15791 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
15792 kmod
15793
15794 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
15795 of /usr/local by default.
15796
15797 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
15798 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
15799 in:
15800 https://systemd.io/ROOT_STORAGE_DAEMONS/
15801
15802 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
15803 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
15804 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
15805 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
15806 supported anyway, and bad style).
15807
15808 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
15809 reloading of units together.
15810
15811 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
15812 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
15813 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
15814 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
15815 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek